nortel command line

Passport 4400

CLI Reference

For the Command Line Interface

Part Number 800-1950-31 Rev. A

February 1999

Notice of Filing

Declaration of CE Conformance (for International sales)

A Declaration of CE Conformance is on file at the Nortel addresses shown below. The declaration lists the models described in this manual. If the unit carries the CE mark, this declaration certifies that it meets the specific EMC standards and safety (LVD) standards required for CE marking. If the product is a module, the module is CE-compliant only if it is placed in a CE-marked base unit.

Any units not carrying the CE approval are not CE-compliant. Modules placed in these units may not meet emission standards for CE compliance.

Notice

Specifications, tolerances, and design characteristics described in this manual are subject to change without notice.

Trademark Notice

All names or trademarks are the true property of their respective owners.

Nortel Telcom4100 Guardian StreetSimi Valley, California 93063-3382U.S.A.(805) 583-8600

©1999 Nortel (Northern Telecom Company) All rights reserved

Contents

Introduction — 1What is the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1What Should you Know Before Using the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Time-outs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2CLI priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2IP address prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Logging into and out of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Navigating the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Automated Prompting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Using the CLI for Remote Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Components of the CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Command Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Configuration Verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Utility verbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Debug Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Value Prompts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Interpreting CLI Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Command Successful Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Unsuccessful Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Command Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Invalid Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Invalid Parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Invalid Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Client Timed Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Client Failed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Trap Responses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Table Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

NVM Parallel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11SNMP Group Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12

Add Commands — 2add arp entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1add bridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

add bridge base port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2add bridge etypeFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

iii

add bridge sapFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3add filters ip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

add filters ip forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4add filters ip rip (gateway/incoming/outgoing) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

add fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5add fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5add fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6add fr port pvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6add fr port spvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6add fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7add fr tunnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

add gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8add gcm backuplink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8add gcm link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8add gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

add ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10add ip address entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10add ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

add ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10add ipx circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10add ipx staticRoute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11

add isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11add isdn directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11add isdn peer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

add nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12add nac cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12add nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

add rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13add system trapsubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Define Commands — 3define bridge global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1define fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

define fr line network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2define fr line network pvcSignalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3define fr line user baseDLCMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4define fr line user basePVCLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4define fr line user baseSVCLMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7define fr line user mpanlLMI service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

iv

define fr line user pvcLMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7define fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

define fr port spvcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8define fr port spvcLANData svc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8define fr port svcLANData . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8define fr port virtualPort mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10

define fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10define fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10define fr switch pvc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11define fr switch svc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

define fr system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13define fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

define gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15define gcm backupLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15define gcm timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16define gcm unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

define ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19define ip base parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19define Ip base rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

define ipx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20define isdn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

define isdn dialControl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21define isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

define msm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27define msm dteLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27define msm profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

define nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28define rsi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

define rsi parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29define rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

define tm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29define wan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

Delete Commands — 4delete arp entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1delete bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1delete filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2delete fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

delete fr line user mpanl service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2delete fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2delete fr switch map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

delete gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

v

delete ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3delete ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3delete isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3delete nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3delete rsi server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4delete system trapSubscription . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Set Commands — 5set bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

set bridge base port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2set bridge macFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2set bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3set bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3set bridge spanningTree port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

set csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4set csu 56k. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

set gcm unit command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6set ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6

set ip parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6set ip route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

set ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7set ipx circuit staticStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7

set nac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7set nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7set nac server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8

set nas basic agingTime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8set port adminStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9set rsi parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9set snmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

set snmp authenTraps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10set system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

set system administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10set system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10set system consolePort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11set system firmware. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11set system rollback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12set system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12set system traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

set tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13set t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

set t1e1 ds0Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13set t1e1 lineParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

vi

set t1e1 portParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14set t1e1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15set t1e1 systemClock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17set t1e1 systemTest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17set t1e1 testChannel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17set t1e1 testLine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17set t1e1 testPort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

set voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19set voice channelActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19set voice egressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19set voice ingressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20set voice parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20set voice profileID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22set voice switchingProfile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27set voice systemActions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29

Utility Verbs — 6confirm rollback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3save configuration update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

upload base config default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4upload base config specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Show Commands — 7Using Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

show arp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3show bridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

show bridge base port configured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3show bridge base port operational . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4show bridge basic port entry/table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5show bridge etypeFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5show bridge forward entry/table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6show bridge global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 show bridge macFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7show bridge misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7show bridge parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8

vii

show bridge sapFilter configured/operational entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8show bridge spanningTree parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9show bridge spanningtree port entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10show bridge transparent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11show bridge transparent port entry/table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11

show csu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12show csu 56K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12show csu e1t1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14show csu e1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16show csu t1status (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

show ethernet statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18show filters ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19

show filters ip fwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20show filters ip ospf (configured/operational) table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21show filters ip rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22

show fr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23show fr errorUser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23show fr line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24show fr port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41show fr switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52show fr system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57show fr tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-59show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-62

show gcm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64show gcm backupLink (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64show gcm global . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-64show gcm hwStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65show gcm link (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-65show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66show gcm unit (configured/operational) (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-68

show icmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70show ip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72

show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72show ip base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73show ip invarp (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74show ip parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74show ip route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76

show ipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77show ipx circuit (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77show ipx remoteServices (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78show ipx rip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78show ipx route (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79show ipx sap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-80show ipx services (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81

viii

show ipx staticRoute (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82show ipx system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82

show isdn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85show isdn dialControl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86show isdn physicalIf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-92

show msm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99show msm dnaStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99show msm dteLink (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-99show msm profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101show msm statistics (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-101

show nac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102show nac cache (configured/operational) (table/entry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-102show nac parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103show nac server (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-103

show nas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105show nas basic (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105show nas mpa (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105show nas statistics table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-105show nas system parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-106

show port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107show port ifNumber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107show port parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-107

show rsi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109show rsi cache (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-109show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110show rsi server (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110show rsi setParameters (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-110show rsi statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-111

show snmp statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-112show system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115

show system admininistration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-115show system card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-116show system chassisStatus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-117show system commitTrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118show system communityString . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-118show system configUpdate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119show system consolePort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119show system firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-119show system hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-120show system IfIndex (configured/operational) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-121show system image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-124show system physicalCard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126

ix

show system privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126show system RestartReason. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-126show system rollback. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127show system statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127show system system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-127show system timeOfDay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-128

show tcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130show tcp connection (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-130show tcp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-131

show tftp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-132show tftp error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-133show tftp parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134show tftp state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-134

show tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135show tm global. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135show tm parameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-135show tm statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-136show tm status (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-138

show traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139show t1e1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139

show t1e1 ds0Connect (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-139show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-140show t1e1 portParameters (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141show t1e1 portStatus (entry/table). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-141show t1e1 profile (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-142show t1e1 statistics (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143show t1e1 systemClock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143show t1e1 systemStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143show t1e1 testResult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-143

show udp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144show udp listen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144show udp statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-144

show voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145show voice channelStatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-145show voice egressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-147show voice ingressTable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148show voice parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-148show voice profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-149show voice statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-151show voice switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-154

show wan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156show wan parameters port (configured/operational) (entry/table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-156show wan statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-158

x

CLI Value Prompts — Astring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2timeticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2

Value Prompts Abbreviations — B

Index

xi

t you ctions:

te the to the gh a

A set

terface. elnet f the examine te

essed ch an t port d to to the

t utility ress

sport

Introduction 1This chapter describes briefly the command line interface (CLI), its functions, and whaneed to know before using the interface. These topics are organized into the following se

• What is the Command Line Interface?

• What you need to know before using the CLI

What is the Command Line InterfaceThe Command Line Interface (CLI) is a real-time, terminal-based system used to updamanageable objects of the Passport 4400. It has two functions—it acts as the interfaceSNMP client and as the interface to the user. The user interface is accomplished throuTelnet connection over the LAN port or through an asynchronous interface connection.of text commands allows the user to access all applicable command objects.

Each Passport 4400 is configured separately using the Passport 4400 Command Line InThe CLI is used locally to configure, provision and monitor Passport 4400 units. With a tconnection and the proper security authorization, you can use the CLI to access any oPassport 4400 units in your network. Once you have accessed a Passport 4400, you can the network system, configure system components and modules, and monitor or updasettings.

What Should you Know Before Using the CLIEach Passport 4400 is shipped with the CLI software fully loaded. The CLI can be accby attaching a terminal emulation device directly to the Passport 4400. To do this, attaRJ-45 “straight-through” cable to the COM port of the terminal and to the managemenof the Passport 4400. A standard terminal emulation software application must be useaccess the CLI. All Passport 4400 units deployed in your network can have local accessCLI before any of the Passport 4400 network topologies can be established.

A workstation connected to the same LAN segment as Passport 4400 can use the Telneto access the Passport 4400’s CLI, provided the Passport 4400 already has an IP addconfigured

Note: Set a PC COM port to 9600 bit/s, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, no parity.

For information on installing, connecting, and powering-up Passport 4400, see the Pas4400 Hardware Manual.

1-1

IntroductionPassport 4400 CLI Reference

must be e. The put inated

ffic

refore lishing

0 base

l, part

Time-outs

The CLI can support only one external user connection at a time; therefore, time-outs be initiated to avoid conflict on the system. There are two time-outs available that can configured. One is for the connection process which has a fairly short time-out sequencother is for idle activity which is a period of time (15 seconds) when there is no user indetected after connection to the interface. For either time-out, the connection will be termso the command line interface will be accessible for future connections.

CLI priority

Passport 4400 will give LAN traffic priority over CLI requests. In situations where LAN trais close to capacity, the CLI response may be delayed.

IP address prompt

The Passport 4400 needs an IP stack to disseminate CLI commands via TELNET. Theit is required that the local IP address be set and that an IP stack be initiated prior to estaba TELNET session to the CLI.

Getting StartedAfter you’ve connected a PC or a terminal to the management port on the Passport 440unit, and the unit is powered up, use the following procedure to log into the CLI. For information on connecting a PC or terminal, refer to the Passport 4400 Hardware Manuanumber 800-1951-30.

Logging into and out of the CLI

1. Press the Enter key several times until you receive the following prompt:

login:

2. At the login prompt, enter the following command:

cli

Passport 4400 will then prompt you for a password.

1-2

Introduction Passport 4400 CLI Reference

sword ing

figure

and the l

iables

oup. ess e, use

Note: The default password for a Passport is 4400 is a carriage return. (Type the Enter key.) However, your system administrator may have implemented a password scheme using the set system communityString command. Try typing the Enter key at the password prompt. If this does not work, contact your system administrator for a password.

3. At the password prompt, press the Enter key. If this does not work, enter the pasdefined by your system administrator. Passport 4400 will respond with the followmessage:

Welcome to the Passport 4400 Series Command Line Interface Nortel/MICOM Communications Corporation

CLI>

Once you receive the CLI> prompt, you can begin to enter the commands used to conthe Passport 4400 unit.

4. Exit the CLI utility by entering the following command:

logout

Navigating the CLI

The following information will help you to use the CLI efficiently:

• Type the Enter key to complete each command line entry.

• If you do not know the parameters to complete a command, type the Enter key,the CLI will respond with the next level of options for that command. If you type Enter key at the CLI> command line, Passport 4400 will respond with a list of alcommand verbs.

• To display the last command you entered, type Ctrl-P.

• To exit the CLI without using the exit command, type Ctrl-D.

• Parameters displayed between angle brackets (the < > characters) indicate varthat must be provided by the user.

• Display string values must be typed between double quotation ‘‘ ’’ characters.

• Some parameters allow you to set or display values individually or together in a grThis is the case wherever the CLI displays “table” and “entry”. If you want to accparameters as a group, use table. If you want to access parameters one-at-a-timentry.

1-3


stead acters niquely use the assport

evices rings ee the

et of pressed

hich a archy,

verb, hy. At he

in utes. two

Automated Prompting

The automatic prompting feature allows the system to recognize partial commands. Inof typing the entire command, automated prompting allows you to type only as many charas is necessary to identify the desired command. You must enter enough characters to udefine the command. For instance, Passport 4400 will not recognize the letters s, becacommand could be the command verb save, set, or show. When you enter the letters sh, P4400 will recognize the command verb show and respond with the next level of options.

Using the CLI for Remote Configuration

The user can log into any SNMP agent on the network and configure routers and other dsupporting the enterprise MIBs. This is accomplished through the use of community stas passwords. For more information on remote configuration and community strings, sPassport 4400 Operator’s Manual, 800-1952-30.

Components of the CLIThe CLI text commands are organized in a hierarchy. At the top of the hierarchy is a scommand verbs. The command verbs are displayed on the screen when the Enter key isat the CLI> prompt.

The next level in the hierarchy below the command verbs consists of the services to wparticular verb can be applied. Although the command verbs are at the top of the CLI hierthe CLI actually functions according to service.

To form a command line, type CLI arguments one after another, starting with a commandthen entering a service, and so on, until you reach the bottom of the command hierarcthis point, the CLI responds with a value prompt. Depending upon the choices made, tnumber of arguments required to build a command line will vary.

Command VerbsIndividual command verbs are identified in the following tables. These verbs are used combination with other command elements to define, modify and display system attribCommand verbs are descriptive of the operation they perform. Functionally, there are types of verbs—configuration verbs and utility verbs.

1-4


port hange

wing

Configuration Verbs

CLI configuration verbs are used at the beginning of a command to configure the Pass4400. These are the commands used to display Passport 4400 parameters and/or to cthem according to application and installation requirements. They are listed in the follotable.

Verb Definition

add Use add to place new entries into a table. Values programmed using the add command will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.

Exception: When provisioning bridge filters, the add command takes effect dynamically. In this case, a <save configuration update> is required if the change is to be retained after a reset.

define Use define to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values programmed us-ing the define command will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.

delete Use delete to remove entries from a table. Values programmed using the delete command will take effect once they have been saved and the system has been reset.

save(configuration update)

The save configuration update command applies to CLI functions beginning with the com-mand verbs set, add, define or delete. Save configuration update causes the parameter values to be written into non-volatile memory for permanent storage.

set The set command is used to establish a new value for a configuration parameter. Values programmed using the set command take effect immediately without having to reset the unit. Values programmed or modified using set remain effective until the next system re-set. For values to remain effective after a system reset, the save command must be used.

show The show command is used to display the values for operational and configured parame-ters and counters. Configured refers to attributes that have been entered via the CLI but are not necessarily in use by the device. Operational refers to attributes that are currently in use by the device. Show is for display purposes only. It does not change or in any way affect the current system settings.

1-5


a unit re and

f CLI e the etical

Utility verbs

Debug Menu

The debug menu is accessed via the management port. Debug can be accessed whilereset is being performed. The debug menu provides high level access to system softwafirmware functions. This menu is designed for diagnostic use only.

ServicesServices occupy the second level of the CLI hierarchy (verbs are first). To display a list oservices on the screen, type in one of the command verbs at the CLI> prompt and typEnter key. A list of CLI services available to the verb will appear on the screen in alphaborder.

Note: Not all command verbs apply to all services.

Verb Definition

confirm(rollback)

Use confirm to prevent Passport 4400 from resetting to the configuration data and/or code which was working before changes were made. Rollback is a service whose primary func-tion is to prevent Passport 4400 from becoming unreachable from the rest of the network because of new configuration or code, including delete functions. It can be enabled or dis-abled, and is disabled by default. When rollback is enabled and a code or configuration bank change occurs, rollback will cause Passport 4400 to enable the timer after a reboot. Once the reboot occurs, the timer begins and the user must confirm the rollback with the command <confirm rollback confirm>.

download Downloads software from a host device to Passport 4400. It is used to update existing software.

logout Use logout to log out of, or exit, the CLI.

ping Use ping to poll any remote unit with an IP address. You can ping the network manage-ment core router from any of the branches.

reset Reset allows start up with the currently configured parameters or with the factory defaults upon reset. Reset has two applications.

When used with the counters argument, reset clears the counters maintained by Pass-port 4400.

When used with the system argument, reset causes Passport 4400 to start over from a predefined point. Reset system is used with additional arguments to reset specific Pass-port 4400 services.

upload The upload command is used to transfer command data to a specified file location.

1-6


r key,

mple, te the

The following is a list of services as they appear in the CLI.

• arp- address resolution protocol

• bridge

• csu - channel service unit

• ethernet

• filters

• fr- frame relay

• gcm - global circuit manager

• icmp- internet control message protocol

• ip- internet protocol

• ipx - internetwork packet exchange

• isdn - integrated services digital network

• msm - mpanl signaling mechanism

• nac

• nas

• port

• rollback

• rsi - remote server interface

• snmp - simple network management protocol

• system

• tcp - transmission control protocol

• tftp - trivial file transfer protocol

• tm - traffic management

• traps

• t1e1

• udp - user datagram protocol

• voice

• wan

Value PromptsWhen you reach the bottom of the hierarchy for a particular command and type the Entethe CLI may prompt you for a value. The response will appear in two columns.

The value prompt appears in the first column on the screen within angle brackets, for exa<ServerIPAddress>. This indicates that a value must be provided by the user to comple

1-7


wing

ts for be ond value icated ls the

at the d to 22

nd the

operation. In the second column, the CLI displays information about the value. The follois an example of a value prompt from the CLI.

cli> download base image specific

<ServerIPAddress>:IPAddress<RemoteFileName> :“String” (1..50)

In this example, the CLI is used to download a file to the Passport 4400. The CLI promptwo values. The first value needed is the IP address of the server containing the file todownloaded. This is indicated in the CLI value prompt as <ServerIPAddress>. The seccolumn of the same line tells the user that CLI is looking for an IP Address. The secondneeded to complete the operation is the name of the file to be downloaded. This is indby the CLI value prompt <RemoteFileName>. The second column of the same line teluser that CLI is looking for a display string with a range of 1 to 50 characters.

Interpreting CLI Responses

When you reach the bottom level of the command hierarchy and have entered a valueprompt, the CLI responds with a message that answers the input. Responses are limite

lines per page (or screen). The 23rd line holds a space character and the 24th line displays the following message:

[Q to Quit or Carriage Return to Continue]

The three types of user responses are discussed.

• Command Successful Response

• Unsuccessful Responses

• Miscellaneous

Command Successful ResponseA successful CLI response indicates that the command was successfully processed aSNMP client received no errors from the SNMP agent. The following is displayed.

Command Successful

1-8


ed or , and

e CLI

mples ters.

e

m the

sole, or

Unsuccessful ResponsesAn unsuccessful CLI response indicates that the command entered cannot be processunderstood by the system. CLI responses include invalid command, invalid parameterinvalid password.

Command Failed

When the command causes an error, the Command Failed message is displayed.

Invalid Command

Invalid command indicates that the command entered does not match a pattern that thcan recognize. An example of an invalid command would be a typing error.

Invalid Parameter

Invalid parameter indicates that the command entered cannot be used by the CLI. Exainclude values that exceed the specified range or values that contain unknown charac

Invalid Password

Invalid password indicates that the wrong password was used.

Note: CLI will not accept passwords or user names that contain the space character (ASCII Hex 0X20).

Client Timed Out

If the agent does not response .

If the user entered the show table command and the error index is equal to zero, but threquested table was empty, the following message is displayed.

No Information To Display

Client Failed

This message is displayed when the SNMP client received an error not equal to zero froSNMP agent. The command entered was not processed.

Trap ResponsesA trap is a message sent by an SNMP agent to the network management system, conterminal to indicate the occurrence of a significant event, such as a specifically definedcondition or a threshold that has been reached.

The three CLI responses related to MIB traps include the following.

New Trap Received

Unread Trap Messages Pending

No Traps Pending

1-9


of when

r

hen

Table ResponseFunctions beginning with the show verb display configuration values and counters. Many these values can be displayed individually or together in a table. This choice is availableCLI responds to a show command by listing entry and table as follows:

To choose the table option, type table at the end of the command line.

To show values individually, type entry at the end of the command line. CLI will prompt fomore information such as an index number.

Complete the command by entering the required information; in this case an IfIndex. Wthe entire command is entered, CLI will display information for that single entry.

CLI > show bridge base port configentrytable

CLI> show bridge base port config tableIfIndex : 1Type : ethernetStatus : enabledPriority : 128PathCost : 100MACFilter : disabledEtypeFilter : disabledSapFilter : disabledMACFilterType : inclusiveEtypeFilterType : inclusiveSapFilterType : inclusive

IfIndex : 2Type : frameRelayStatus : enabledPriority : 128PathCost : 100MACFilter : disabledEtypeFilter : disabledSapFilter : disabledMACFilterType : inclusiveEtypeFilterType : inclusiveSapFilterType : inclusive

CLI> show bridge base port config entry<IfIndex> INTEGER (1..255)

CLI> show bridge base port config entry 1IfIndex : 1Type : ethernetStatus : enabled

1-10


of 80

creen

yed The M mple.

DisplayCLI displays data to the screen in two formats. Where displayed data can fit into a rowspaces, CLI prints the data to the screen in the manner shown here:

Where displayed data will exceed a row width of 80 spaces, CLI prints the data to the sin manner shown here:

NVM Parallel Display

If a display table contains a Non-Volatile Memory (NVM) object, two values will be displawith the object. The operational value indicates the current value used by the system. configured value indicates the programmed value that will take effect upon restart. NVdisplay format prints a string of dashes (-) at the end of each table. Note the following exa

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Priority : 128PathCost : 100MACFilter : disabledEtypeFilter : disabledSapFilter : disabledMACFilterType : inclusiveEtypeFilterType : inclusiveSapFilterType : inclusive

CLI> show arp tableIfIndex PhyAddress NetAddress1 00:40:C5:00:00:01 192.58.9.252 00:40:C5:00:00:02 192.58.9.26

CLI> show system admin

ConfigVersion :"Passport_4400_Rel_3.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.33 03/31/98 18:48:56"

ObjectID : “1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4”UpTime : 00Years 006Days 21:28:2

CLI> show msm profileNodeID : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)CustomerId : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)DNAPrefix : "[x121]" (operational)

: "[x121]" (configured)

1-11


MP , MP

SNMP Group Format

If a display table is not associated with a specific index, the values are displayed in SNgroup format. The CLI will calculate the width of the display. Depending upon the widthSNMP group format may be displayed in either one or two columns. Note the following SNgroup format with data displayed in two columns.

CLI> show snmp statistics

RxPackets : 0 TxPackets : 39

RxBadVersions : 0 RxBadCommunityNames : 0

RxBadCommunityValue : 0 RxASNParseErrors : 0

RxTooBigs : 0 RxNoSuchNames : 0

1-12

tering ect.

o data-twork

Add Commands 2The add command is used to add network components and services to a table. After envalues with the add command, a save command must be executed before the values take effAlso, a reset system current reset must be executed after the add command has been used withthe exception of the add ipx static route command and the add ip route command. The following is a list of services available for use with add.

• arp

• bridge

• filters

• fr

• gcm

• ip

• ipx

• isdn

• nac

• rsi

• system

add arp entryAdds an ARP table value. ARP is a mechanism for mapping network-layer addresses tlink-layer addresses. In most cases Passport 4400 will "learn" ARP values from the neautomatically so use of this command is normally not required.

<IfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<NetAddress> : IPAddress

<PhysAddress> : PhysAddress

IfIndex Indicates the port number.

NetAddress The IP address of the network

PhysAddress Physical address of the device. The value is 01:01:01:01:01.01.

2-1

Add CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

set by

etype.

add bridge

add bridge base port

Use these parameters to customize a port setting for bridging. Indicate the port being specifying the IfIndex number.


<Priority> : INTEGER (0..255)

<PathCost> : INTEGER (1..65535)

<Type> : ethernet | frameRelay

<Status> : enabled | disabled

add bridge etypeFilter

Adds Etype filters to an index and defines their range. Etype filters use Etype codes in transparent bridging and source-route bridging access lists for filtering frames by protocol type. Etype filters can be entered either as a range of Etypes, or as a singular

add bridge etypeFilter range


<FilterNumber> : INTEGER (1..32)

<UpperRange> : INTEGER (0..65535)

<LowerRange> : INTEGER (0..65535)

add bridge etypeFilter singular



<Etype> : INTEGER (0x0..0xFFFF)

IfIndex Identifies the port being provisioned.

Priority Value used to assign priority to the specified port. Priority is based on packet size and interface type.

PathCost Value based on hop count. Path cost is used to compare paths through the network environment. This value is used by the routing protocols to determine the most favorable path to a particular destination. This value is assigned by the system administrator.

2-2

Add Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

ther evice range

. A

add bridge etypeFilter range



<MACFilterAddr> : MACAddress

<MACFilterDirection> : source | destination

add bridge sapFilter

Adds SAP filters and defines their range. SAP filters allow the device to determine wheor not to accept information about a service. SAP output filters are applied prior to the dsending information out from a specific interface. SAP filters can be entered either as aof Etypes or as a singular Etype

add bridge sapFilter range

A range filter affects all Etypes within a given range (for example, from 1600 to 64000)singular filter only affects one specific etype (for example, etype 4000).



<UpperRange> : INTEGER (1536..65535)

<LowerRange> : INTEGER (1536..65535)

add bridge sapFilter singular



<Etype> : INTEGER (0x0..0xFFFF)


FilterNumber Identification number assigned to each filter. Filter numbers are specific to each IfIndex.

UpperRange Indicates the highest number in the etype filter range.

LowerRange Indicates the lowest number in the etype filter range.

Etype Identifies a specific etype filter by number.

2-3


ust ,

ss. tion

with ocking

d port to ress, ard

add filters ipSelect either forward or RIP filtering depending on your selection criteria. Port filtering mbe specified as either incoming or outgoing. RIP filtering must be specified as gatewayincoming, or outgoing.

add filters ip forward

Select either port filtering or system filtering depending on your selection criteria.

add filters ip forward port (incoming/outgoing)

Select incoming or outgoing. Provide the IP address for the filter mask and filter addreIdentify the protocol type and port id. Specify the filtering direction as source or destinaand specify the filtering action to forward or to discard. Forward seeks out information the specified masks and address, and then forwards the information to its destination, blall other information. Discard blocks transmissions as specified in the filter masks andaddresses.


<FilterMask> : IPAddress

<FilterAddress> : IPAddress

<ProtocolType> : INTEGER (1..255)

<PortId> : INTEGER (1..65535)

<Direction> : source | destination

<Action> : forward | discard

add filters ip forward system

Provide the IP address for the filter mask and filter address. Identify the protocol type anid. Specify the filtering direction as source or destination and specify the filtering actionforward or to discard. Forward seeks out information with the specified masks and addand then forwards the information to its destination, blocking all other information. Discblocks transmissions as specified in the filter masks and addresses.


FilterNumber Identification number assigned to each filter. Filter numbers are specific to each IfIndex.

UpperRange Indicates the highest number in the sap filter range.

LowerRange Indicates the lowest number in the sap filter range.

Etype Indicates a specific etype filter by number

2-4


ction

ort

2-5




<ProtocolType> : INTEGER (1..255)

<PortId> : INTEGER (1..65535)

<Direction> : source | destination


add filters ip rip (gateway/incoming/outgoing)

RIP filtering must be specified as gateway, incoming, or outgoing, depending on your selecriteria.




add fr

add fr line user mpanlLMI service

Adds MPANL LMI service parameters into the proprietary frame relay service logical ptable.

<ServiceIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

noCUG | simpleCUG|

<CUGFacility> : CUGSelection

<CUGAccess> : noRight | outgoingAccess|

incomingAccess | outAndInAccess

<CUGICType> : national | international

<CUGIC> : "String" (1..5)

<DNASuffix> : "String" (0..3)

ServiceIndex Get this number from the frame relay service provider.

CUGAccess Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access rights. Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess, incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.

CUGFacility Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and CUGSelection.

CUGIC A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription time.


ber ort. ge.

ecify es her end

dex . The

al r.

add fr port

Adds virtual circuits via frame relay to the specified port.

add fr port pvcLANData

Adds the corresponding virtual port on the frame relay interface. Specify the IfIndex numand the NetLinkIfIndex. number. The IfIndex indicates the number for the frame relay pThe NetLinkIfIndex indicates the DLCI which must be assigned within the specified ran


<NetLinkIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add fr port spvcLANData

Adds the corresponding switched permanent virtual port on the frame relay interface. Spthe virtual port IfIndex, the DLCI identifier and the DNA of the SVC. The IfIndex indicatthe number for the frame relay port. One end of the SPVC must be set as master, the otmust be set as slave.

Note: This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.

add fr port svcLANData

Adds the corresponding SVC parameters on the frame relay interface. Specify the IfInnumber and the DNA number. The IfIndex indicates the number for the frame relay portDNA must be assigned within the specified range.

add fr port virtualport

This command links the IfIndex of the frame relay virtual port to the frame relay physicport. Specify the IfIndex for the virtual port and the physical point of attachment numbe


<Number> : INTEGER (0..254)

CUGICType Determines the CUG interlock code type. Options are national (the default) and international.

DNASuffix A user-specified quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the MPANL service.

<VirtualPortIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<RemoteNetDLCI> : INTEGER (16..991)

<SVCDNA> : Frame Relay DNA (as a quoted string)(1..34)

<ConnectType> : slave | master


<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA (as a quoted string)(1..34)

2-6


ex of in the n and DLC

lection

add fr switch map

Adds parameters to define the frame relay switch map. The LocalNetIfIndex is the IfIndthe frame relay service. The local and remote NetDLCI numbers must be assigned withspecified range. Add ConnectType as master for the site that will establish the connectioas slave for the other site. SwitchType must be specified as either frame relay DCE , Htransparent data service (HTDS), cbr, x25 or sna-sdlc. SwitchType depends on your secriteria. Both ends of the connection must have the same SwitchType.

Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr switch map command, you must first delete the entry prior to adding a new entry. Use the delete fr switch map command to delete the first entry.

add fr tunnel

Adds values to the frame relay tunnel PVC table for this access device.

<TunnelIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<DLCInumber> : INTEGER (16..991)

<PhysicalCard> : limA | lim1|

: lim2 | lim3|

: lim4

<PhysicalPort> : INTEGER (1..8)

<Type> : dte-panl | dce-panl |

standard

<LocalNetIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

<LocalNetDLCI> : INTEGER (16..991)




<SwitchType> : frdce | htds

: cbr | x25 |

: sna-sdlc

TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunnel PVC.

DLCInumber The DLCI for this PVC tunnel.

PhysicalCard Identifies the logical interface module (LIM) of the WAN port. The physical frame relay link.

Physical Port The channel number of this WAN port.

Type Select type as DTE or DCE PANL or standard.

2-7


sters ioned the

mber

ber link.

Note: If you want to change an entry made using the add fr tunnel command, you must first delete the entry prior to adding a new entry. Use the delete fr tunnel command to delete the first entry.

add gcmAdds link and timer entries to the global circuit manager configuration table. GCM adminiall logical links between the Passport 4400 and the Passport WAN. The GCM is provisto establish which link type (ISDN or frame relay) and which physical port will provide primary and backup links.

add gcm backuplink

Adds a backup link by specifying the index values in the GCM table. For Index, enter a nuto identify the link. UnitIndex and LinkIndex are defined by the define gcm backupLink command.

<Index> : INTEGER (1..255)

<UnitIndex> : INTEGER (1..3)

<LinkIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

add gcm link

Adds primary link by specifying its index values in the GCM table. For Index, enter a numto identify the link. Name is an optional quoted string that can be added to identify the SignalingPCMIndex is a number identifying the signaling PCM. ProtocolPCMIndex is anumber identifying the physical port of the link.


<Name> : "String" (1..16)

<SignalingType> : isdn | unusedEverUp

<SignalingPCMIndex> : INTEGER (1..65535)

<ProtocolType> : reserved | frameRelay

<ProtocolPCMIndex> : INTEGER (1..65535)

SignalingType The type of the signaling channel, if a signaling protocol is used. Possible values are unknown, unused or ISDN.

SignalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM

ProtocolType Shows the type of protocol used. Possible values are unknown and frame relay.

ProtocolPCMIndex The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an index for the port.

2-8


k. e

add gcm timer

Adds timing parameters to the GCM table. For Index, enter a number to identify the linUnitIndex is defined by the define gcm backupLink command. Specify the hour and minutfor start of the timer.



<InactStartHour> : INTEGER (0..23)

<InactStartMin> : INTEGER (0..59)

2-9


ddress.

n

nce

value

add ip

add ip address entry

For each IfIndex, provide values for the IP address, the net mask and the broadcast a

Note: This command will not take effect until the unit is reset.

add ip route

Adds values required for IP routing. For each IfIndex, provide values for the destinatioaddress, the hop count metric, the next hop IP address and the net mask IP address.

<DestAddress> : IPAddress


<Metric> : INTEGER (2..15)

<NextHop> : IPAddress

<NetMask> : IPAddress

Note: Do not execute a reset after this command.

add ipxAdds ipx circuit and route values.

add ipx circuit

Adds an ipx circuit. The IfIndex is the number for the circuit port. The value for SysInstamust be set to 1. The CircuitIndex is an identification number assigned to the circuit. CircuitName is an optional name assigned to the circuit. NetNumber is the hexadecimalfor the network.

<SysInstance> : INTEGER (1 only)

<CircuitIndex> : INTEGER (1..16)


<CircuitName> : "String" (0..48)

<DataLinkType> : raw | snap | type2 | type8022


<IPAddress> : IPAddress

<NetMask> : Sub-NetMask (255.255.255.0,255.255.0.0,or 255.0.0.0)

<BcastAddress> : IPAddres

2-10


st be

ss is

as a

<NetNumber> : NetNumber(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

add ipx staticRoute

Adds values required for ipx static routing on the specified circuit. The SysInstance mu1. The CircuitIndex is assigned using the add ipx circuit command. Specify the tick count metric and the hop count metric according to your selection criteria. NextHopNICAddrethe physical address of the next hop network interface card.



<NetNumber> : NetNumber(0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

<Status> : off | on

<Ticks> : INTEGER (1..1000) ticks

<HopCount> : INTEGER (1..14)

<NextHopNICAddress> : PhysAddress

add isdn

add isdn directory

Adds an ISDN directory. The Index value identifies the entry. Number must be enteredquoted string. Signaling index is a number identifying the ISDN directory.

<Index> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)

<Number> : "String" (0..131)

<SignalingIndex> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)

<Status> : add | active

raw No special protocol is used.

snap Subnetwork Access Protocol. Operates between a network entity in the subnetwork and a network entity in the end system. The SNAP entity in the end system makes use of the services of the subnetwork and performs three key functions: data transfer, con-nection management and QOS selection.

type 2 IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation upgrade.

type 8022 IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation.

2-11


ind

ere or he e new

tion .

add isdn peer

Adds an additional ISDN backup link or modifies an existing ISDN backup link. For Id, fthe highest index number in the ISDN Peer Index Table by entering the show isdn physicalif signalTable configured table command. Increment the highest index number by one (whISDN is on a dial-up line). For IfIndex, use the number in the IfIndex Table for ISDN-S ISDN-U depending on the physical interface type. Where a leased line is used, enter tappropriate number for the B channel. For OriginateAddress and SubAddress, enter thdestination telephone number and its subaddress.

Note: You cannot add an additional ISDN backup link when the existing ISDN backup link is a leased line.

<Id> : INTEGER (1..2147483647)


<BChannel> : INTEGER (0..32)

<OriginateAddress> : "String" (0..131)

<SubAddress> : "String" (0..131)

<CurrentStatus> : add |active

add nac

add nac cache

Adds entries to the NAC cache table.

<EgressString> : "String" (1..40)

<DNA> : "String" (1..34)

<EntryStatus> : add | active

add nac server

Specifies or identifies a NAC server from which this device can request address resolu


<Name> : "String" (0..50)

<Status> : enabled | disabled

<HelloTime : INTEGER (30..180)

<Type> : primary | secondary

EgressString Associated with a voice channel, allows digits and wild cards.

DNA DNA address of the unit to which this voice information belongs.

2-12


uoted

.

add rsi serverAdds a remote server interface. Specify the DNA address and Name of the RSI as a qstring. Specify whether the server will be primary or secondary.

<DNAAddress> : "String" (1..40)

<ServerName> : "String" (0..50)

<ServerType> : primary | secondary

add system trapsubscriptionAdds an SNMP trap service. Specify IP address and the appropriate community string


<CommunityString> : "String" (0..25)

IPAddress Network address of the server.

Name A user supplied name for the server. Enter as a quoted string between quotation (" ") characters.

HelloTime The interval of time in seconds between transmission of two consecutive Hello messages to this server.

Type Specify type as primary or secondary. A primary Server is the preferred server which will be consulted first for address resolution. A secondary server is used as an al-ternative if the primary is not responding. All servers have to be marked secondary if round-robin load sharing is used between servers.

IPAddress IP address of the SNMP Manager subscribing Traps.

CommunityString Community string for this subscriber.

2-13


2-14

or ge. he reset.

Define Commands 3The define command is used to establish a new value for a parameter. Values entered modified using define are automatically saved to the FLASH memory for permanent storaValues using the define command will not dynamically update the run time parameters. Tnew values will be stored in the configuration file and will take place only upon a system

• bridge

• fr

• gcm

• ip

• ipx

• isdn

• msm

• nac

• rsi

• tm

• wan

define bridge globalDefines optional global bridge objects.

Object Defaults Description

agingTime 300 sec. The timeout period in seconds for aging out dynamically learned information.

arpSpoofing disabled IP arp spoofing. When enabled, the unit intercepts most ARP broadcasts and handles them locally. This reduces the amount of broadcast packets forwarded across the WAN.

ipProtocol bridged Defines whether IP protocol will be bridged or routed

spanningTree enabled Defines whether the spanning tree algorithm is enabled or disabled. When enabled, the spanning tree protocol detects a change in active topology and allows the root bridge to communicate these changes to all other bridges in the network.

3-1

Define CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

s, and hese ters.

ult ce for

define frDefines frame relay parameters and objects.

define fr line network

Frame relay line parameters include LMI protocol parameters, PVC signaling parameterdata rate and congestion control parameters for each logical frame relay connection. Tparameters are divided into two groups: line network parameters and line user parame

For most applications, the optional frame relay line parameters can be left at their defasettings. For each configurable line paramter, enter the IfIndex of the frame relay servithe port being provisioned; then enter the value or setting for the parameters.

define fr line network proprietaryService

Uses <<FrServiceParamTable>> in the frdec MIB.


consecutiveFrames 10 frames The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN bit set before reducing the transmit rate.

delta 1 sec. Increase or decrease the transmit rate by this time interval. This is done by monitoring the number of frames received with the FECN bit cleared or set. This object is valid only if flow control is enabled.

flowControl disabled FECN/BECN flow control for frame relay DCE services. FECNs should reduce the CIR value on the frame relay DCE PVC connection.

When enabled, allows packets exceeding the current allowable rate to be dropped if congestion has been detected on the network.

maxRxFrameSize 1604 Default value for the maximum receive frame size to negotiate with the remote.

maxTxFrameSize 1604 Default value for the maximum transmit frame size to negotiate with the remote.

rateEnforcement disabled Rate enforcement for frame relay congestion management.

rxBe 0 The maximum burst in bits per second (bps) that will be received on this ifIndex. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The default is 0, which indicates that the network default value is used. Consult your frame relay service provider for this value.

3-2

Define Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

elay tocol

define fr line network pvcSignalling

define fr line network rfc1604Service VCSignalProtocol

Uses the <<FrLportTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.

The value of this object identifies the local in-channel signaling protocol for this frame rlogical port. IfIndex indicates the port associated with this frame relay line. Select the protype to match the LMI protocol on the attached FRAD.


<VCSignalProtocol> : none | lmi |

ccittQ933A | ansiT1617D-1994


rxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of receive data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the default value for the network is used for this ifIndex.

txBe 0 The maximum burst in bits per second (bps) transmitted on this ifIndex. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The default is 0, which indicates that the network default value is used. Consult your frame relay service provider for this value.

txThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the default value for the network is used for this ifIndex.


netN392 3 Determines the user-side N392 error threshold value for this IfIndex.

netN392 15 Indicates the time interval in seconds for the T392 Polling Verification timer.

3-3


define fr line user baseDLCMI

Uses <<nvmFrPhyPortTable>> from the mcmfr MIB.

define fr line user basePVCLMI

Uses <<FrPVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

Object Default Description

infoRateAdjInterval 1 Defines the delta time interval to increase or decrease the transmit rate by monitoring the number of frames received with the FECN bit cleared or set. This command is valid only when flow control is enabled.

infoRateAdjTriggNum

rateEnforcement disabled Rate enforcement agent for frame relay congestion management processing. Define as enabled or disabled.

rxBc 64000 The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.

rxBe 64000 The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.

rxMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum size of receive frame relay packets expressed in bytes.

rxThroughput 64000 Frame relay DLCI receive throughput.The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.

txBc 64000 The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.

txBe 64000 The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.

txMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum size of transmit frame relay packets expressed in bytes.

txThroughput 64000 Frame relay DLCI transmit throughput.The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.


IfIndex IfIndex of the physical port.

bidirectional false Indicates whether the PVC LMI will send both status inquiries and status reports.

lmiMode unidte Indicates whether the local pvc lmi is operating in DTE or DCE mode.

3-4


3-5

define fr line user baseSVCLMI

Uses <<FrSVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.


maxDLCI 991 The highest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport 4400.

maxNumberOfCalls 255 The maximum number of SVC connections allowed on the Passport 4400.

maxRxFrameSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be accepted on the primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and the network. The default value of 0, indicates that the maximum frame size is determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink command).

maxRxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with minRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. If this value is left at 0, the network will determine the data rate.

maxTxFrameSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted on the primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and the network. A value of 0 indicates the maximum frame size is determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink command).

maxTxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with minTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. If this value is left at 0, the network will determine the data rate.

minDLCI 16 The smallest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport 4400.

minRxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with maxRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. If this value is left at 0, the network will determine the data rate.

minTxThroughput 0 Unless overwritten at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. If this value is left at 0, the network will determine the data rate.

rxBurstSize 0 The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to receive. If this value is left at 0, the network default will determine the receive burst size.


define fr line user dlcmiPVC lmitype

Uses <<FrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

rxExcess BurstSize 0 The uncommitted receive burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If left at 0, the network default will determine the receive burst size.

t303 4seconds

Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the network before transmitting the setup message.

t305 30seconds

Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the network before transmitting a release message.

t308 4seconds

The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a response from the network before retransmitting the release message. When the second release is transmitted, the local SVC LMI considers the corresponding SVC to have been released by the network even if no response has been received.

t310 0 The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to transmit. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If left at 0, the network default will determine the transmit burst size.

txBurstSize 60seconds

The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a Connect message from the network, after receiving the Call Proceeding message, before sending a Release message.

txExcessBurstSize 0 The uncommitted transmit burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If left at 0, the network default will determine the transmit burst size.

Selection Use

noLMIConfigured If no PVCs are configured, this option must be selected.

itut933A Select this object where the network PVC LMI conforms to the standard defined by ITU-T Q933 Annex A.

ansiT161D11994 Select this object where the network PVC LMI conforms to the standard defined in ANSI T1.617, Annex D.

3-6


rvice.

define fr line user mpanlLMI netlink

Uses <<MLMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

define fr line user mpanlLMI service

Uses <<LMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

define fr line user pvcLMI

Used when the logical port is not performing user-side procedures. Specify IfIndex and se

Uses <<nvmFrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

Selection Use

dlciAssignMethod The DLCI assignment method used for the dce option only. Specify increment or decrement.

numUnsRstrtAtmpts The number of unsuccessful restart attempts.

rstrtAckT317Timer Timeframe within which the Q.933 Ack message is restarted. The value is given in seconds.

rstrtT316Timer Timeframe within which the Q.933 message is restarted. The value is given in seconds.


cugAccess noRight Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access rights. Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess, incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.

cugFacility noCUG Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and CUGSelection.

cugIC none A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription time. Obtain this value from the CUG provider at subscription time.

cugICType national Determines the CUG interlock code type. Select this option based on your location requirements.

dnaSuffix none A user-specified quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the MPANL service.

3-7


f the

A

3-8

define fr port

define fr port spvcLANData

Defines the default SPVC parameters for the specified interface.

define fr port spvcLANData spvc connectType

Define port IfIndex, DLCI number for the remote network and specify whether this end oSPVC will serve as master or slave.

define fr port spvcLanData spvc svcDNA

Specify port IfIndex, DLCI number for the remote network and enter the frame relay DNfor the SVC as a quoted string.

define fr port spvcLANData svc

define fr port svcLANData

Note: The same objects are set for both these commands.

Specify the port IfIndex and the DNA of the SVC as a quoted string.

Uses <<FrLANSpvcTable>> from the mcmfr MIB.

Selection Default Use

n391 6 The number of status enquiry intervals that pass before a full status enquiry message is sent. (Every nth status enquiry will be a full status enquiry.)

n392 3 The maximum number of unanswered status enquiries that will be accepted before the LMI is declared down.

t391 10 Identifies the user-side T391 full polling cycle value for the UNI/NNI logical port. If the logical port is not performing user-side procedures, then this value is equal to noSuchName.


discardPriority low Indicates the likelihood of frames on this SVC being discarded during periods of heavy congestion. The options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.

holdingPriority Indicates the priority that a path maintains once the path is established. It also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.


maxRxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received into the frame relay network from this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

maxRxThroughput 0 Maximum receive throughput in bits per seconds. Used to negotiate with the remote when used with the minimum receive throughput unless overwritten at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network default values are to be used. The range is 0 to 2560000 bps.

maxTxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted out of the frame relay network by this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

maxTxThroughput 0 Maximum transmit throughput in bits per seconds; used to negotiate with the remote when used with the minimum transmit throughput unless overwritten at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network default values are to be used. The range is 0 to 2560000 bps.

minRxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of receive data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

minTxThroughput 0 The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

rxBurstSize 0 Receive burst size in bytes; used to negotiate with the remote unless overwritten at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network default values are to be used. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.

rxExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the ingress direction into the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

3-9


h inter-elect

alNet the blish

define fr port virtualPort mode

The procedures used to provision IP routing assumes the existence of a core router witLAN switching (ILS) services. If your Passport network does not use an ILS core router, sthe easyrouting option. This option is set to basic (no easyrouting) by default.


<Mode> : basic | easyrouting

define fr switch

define fr switch map

Defines the entry used to associate a PVC DLCI with a virtual port.

Note: CLI command add fr switch map creates a switch map using one command.

define fr switch map connectType

Indicates whether this end of the SPVC segment is designated as master or slave. LocIfIndex is the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned. LocalNetDLCI isDLCI number for the local network. For ConnectType, use master for the site that will estathe connection, use slave for the other site.




setupPriority Indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

txBurstSize Transmit burst size in bytes; used to negotiate with the remote unless overwritten at connect time. A value of 0 indicates the network default values are to be used. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps.

txExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the egress direction out of the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. If this value is left at 0 (the default), the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

txPriority 6 The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher transport priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for delay.

3-10


Index LCI

dex

and

define fr switch map remoteNetDLCI

Indicates the user-to-user signaling of the SVC call setup to the remote 4400. LocalNetIfis the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned. RemoteNetDLCI is the Dnumber for the remote network.




define fr switch map svcDNA

Defines the SVC DNA as a quoted string. LocalNetIfIndex is the frame relay service IfInon the port being provisioned. LocalNetDLCI is the DLCI number for the local network.




define fr switch map switchType

Defines the type of SPVC connection. Choices are frame relay DCE , HTDS, CBR, X25SNA-SDLC. Both ends of the frame relay circuit must be defined with the same value. LocalNetIfIndex is the frame relay service IfIndex on the port being provisioned. LocalNetDLCI is the DLCI number for the local network.



<SwitchType> frdce | htds |

cbr | x25 |

sna-sdlc

define fr switch pvc

Defines PVC and their mappings. Specify IfIndex and DLCI along with these objects.

Parameter Default Description

maxRxFrameSize 1600 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be accepted on this DLCI.

maxTxFrameSize 1600 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted on this DLCI.

3-11


SVC

3-12

define fr switch svc

Defines the switching parameters for the frame relay svc. Enter the ConnectID for the for each of the parameters described in the table below.

Uses <<PANLConnSVCTable 1>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

rxBe 0 The maximum burst size (temporary data rate above the CIR) in bits per second (bps) that will be accepted on this DLCI.

rxCIR 128000 The data rate in bps that the network agrees to deliver on this DLCI.

txBe 0 The maximum burst size (temporary data rate above the CIR) in bits per second that will be transmitted on this DLCI.

txCIR 128000 The estimated data rate in bps that the device on this DLCI will deliver to the network; the committed bandwidth to be allocated.


discardPriority low Indicates the likelihood of frames on this SVC being discarded during periods of heavy congestion. The options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.


dna none The full SVCDNA number of the destination Passport 4400 for this SVC. Enter as a quoted string, range is from 3 to 30 characters.

holdingPriority This indicates the priority a path maintains once the path has been established, and also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 signifies the highest priority, and 5 signifies the lowest.

maxRxBurstSize 0 The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) in the ingress direction into the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

maxRxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received into the frame relay network from this SVC. The range is 0 to 4096) If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

maxTxBurstSize 0 The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) in the egress direction out of the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.


3-13

define fr systemDefines optional frame relay system parameters.

Uses <<mcmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.

maxTxSize 0 The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted out of the frame relay network by this SVC. The range is 0 to 4096. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

rxExcessBurstSize 0 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the egress direction out of the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

rxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of receive data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

setupPriority This indicates the priority of a path at call establishment time. It also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 signifies the highest priority, and 5 signifies the lowest.

txExcessBurstSize 6 The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second in the ingress direction into the frame relay network. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.

txPriority 0 The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0 to 5, with higher numbers indicating higher priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher transport priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for delay.

txThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000. If this value is left at 0, the value configured for the line is used for this SVC.


coreTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap messages are enabled/disabled for the frame relay core module.

lmiTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap messages are enabled/disabled for the frame relay PANL LMI module.


define fr tunnel

Uses <<nvmTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

maxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that are permitted on a single Frame Relay DCE port. If you are only using Port 1 on the Base Module for frame relay pass-through, you can leave this parameter at the default setting of 255. If you have two Data Expansion Modules installed and you are using the maximum allowable 17 Frame Relay DCE ports, you may want to set this parameter to15 to ensure you do not exceed the maximum total of 255 for the device.

maxNumberOfDLCI 255 The maximum total number of DLCIs supported by the Passport 4400. The default value is 255.

maxVirtualPort 32 The maximum number of virtual ports supported by the Passport 4400. The default value is 32.

msmTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap messages are enabled/disabled for the frame relay MSM module.

numberingPlan x121 The DNA numbering plan used by the Passport 4400. The default numbering plan is x121.

plmTrap disabled This object indicates whether the generation of trap messages are enabled/disabled for the frame relay Plm module.


rxBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bps. The range is 0 to 2560000.

rxCIR The receive committed information rate (CIR) in bpx for this PVC tunnel data sent into this unit.

rxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.

txBc The transmission committed burst size (Bc) in bits for this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.

txCIR 64000 The transmission committed information rate (CIR) in bps for this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.

txMaxFrameSize 1604 The maximum transmission frame size in octets for this PVC tunnel data sent out of this unit.

3-14


e d

ain

or

define gcmThe global circuit manager administers all logical links between Passport 4400 and thPassport WAN. The GCM is provisioned as to which link type (ISDN or frame relay) anwhich physical port will provide the primary and backup links. The GCM does not contany protocol information or signaling information.

define gcm backupLink

Defines the GCM backup link. If you are provisioning an existing link, use the show gcm backupLink table command to determine link index. Unit index is 1 for serial WAN or 2 fISDN.

define gcm backupLink linkIndex


<LinkIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

define gcm backupLink unitIndex



define gcm global

Defines global configuration parameters for the GCM.

Uses <<GcmGlobalCfgGroup>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

define gcm link

Defines an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.

Uses <<GcmLinkEntry>> in the mcmgcm MIB.


adminStatus enabled Defines the administration status as enabled or disabled.

autoActStatus hardwareC Defines the mode of the unit activation after reading the configuration file.

trapStatus enabled. Defines whether the GCM traps will be generated.

3-15


define gcm timer

Defines the GCM timer parameters.

Uses <<GCMTimerTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

Selection Use

name Define a name as a text string.

protocolType Define the protocol type, either unknown or frame relay.

protocolPCMIndex Defines the index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an index for the 4400 physical hardware ports 2 and 3.

signalingType Choose from ISDN, unknown or unusedAlwaysUP. The status of the unusedAlwaysUP indicates the signaling channel does not exist and the status of the port is always up. This means that the protocol can be activated because there exists no failure on the signaling side.

signalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of the ICM, this entry represents an index for the dialCtlPeerCfg table.


inactDurationHr 1 Hours designation for inactivity duration.

inactDurationMin 0 Minutes designation for inactivity duration.

inactFriday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Fridays.

inactMonday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Mondays.

inactPeriodIc disabled The periodic timer inactivity administration functionality.

inactSaturday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Saturdays.

inactSunday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Sundays.

inactStartHr 0 Hours designated to start inactivity.

inactStartMin 0 Minutes designated to start inactivity.

inactThursday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Thursdays.

inactTuesday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Tuesdays.

inactWednesday disabled Timer inactivity administration for Wednesdays.

unitIndex none Uniquely identifies an entry to the GCM unit table.

3-16


3-17

define gcm unit

Defines the GCM unit parameters.

Uses <<gcmUnitEntry>> in the mcmgcm MIB.


adminStatus up Value shows the administration status of the GCM unit. If the status is set to down (1) the administration is disabled for this unit and all associated links. When the status is up (2), the GCM controls and administers the unit.

backupRemainTime 3 The maximum number of minutes that the backup link remains active after switching from the backup to the primary. This object is used if the object gcmUnitSwitchType is set to voice-switch (2).

backupSwitchDelay The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed before switching to the primary link.

durationLinkFail The number of minutes to monitor the gcm link failure monitor threshold activity. The duration timer starts when first link failure occured while the monitorLinkStatus (below) enabled.

linkIndex 1 The index value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.

modeConfiguration branch-node - The GCM will initially try to activate the primary link. In the case of a failure, the GCM will activate one of the the backup links. During the time the primary link is active, the backup port is deactivated.

regional-node - This mode is identical to branch-node except the backup link is not used.

central-site-node - When this selection is active, the unit will not have a PANL DTE connection, so there is no need to have backup functionality. The GCM will enable both ports. In the case of ISDN, it is possible to accept incoming calls. Primary link and backup link will have the same priority.

monitorLinkStatus The GCM link failure monitor status.

name baseGcm The name of the GCM unit.

numberLinkFailure Number of GCM link failures.

primarySwitchDelay 0 min. The number of minutes the switching from the active backup link to the active primary link has to be delayed.


regionalLinkIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM Link Table as the regional link index.This GCM link is activated only during the down time of the backup link.

SwitchType fast Type of switching algorithm.

BackupManualSwitch manualSwitching

timerStatus disabled The unit timer status. When set to enabled, the GCM checks the configured timer entries.

3-18


define ipDefines IP parameters and objects.

• base

• bootp

• invArp

define ip base parameters

Uses <<nvmIpAddrEntry>> in the mcmip MIB.

define Ip base rip

Define base rip as on or off. Default value is off.


bcastAddress 255.255.255.255

The value of the least-significant bit in the IP broadcast address used for sending datagrams on the logical interface associated with the IP address of this entry. When the internet standard all-ones broadcast address is used, the value will be 1. This value applies to both the subnet and network broadcast addresses used by the entity on this interface.

dataLinkType ether Select either frame relay or ethernet.

forwardBcast Enter the IP address for this addressing information.

ipNumbered numbered Select numbered or unNumbered to match your network configuration.

keepAlive on This value determines if keep alive’s are sent over this interface.

mtu octets The size of the largest datagram which can be sent or received on the interface. For interfaces that are used for transmitting datagrams, this is the size of the largest network datagram that can be sent on the interface.

netMask 255.0.0.0 The subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. The value of the mask is an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the host bits set to 0.

ripCompatibility rip1 This value indicates the Routing Internet Protocol (RIP) version. rip1 indicates only RIP version 1 packets are broadcasted. rip1Compatible indicates RIP version 2 packets are broadcasted. rip2 indicates RIP version 2 packets are multicast.

routeProtocolType disable Enter rip, passive rip or disable.

3-19


tring.

define ip rip baseCompatibility

Indicates the version of the routing internet protocol.

define ip bootp

define ip invArp

Define inverse arp as enabled or disabled. Default value is enabled.

define ipx

define ipx circuit

System index must be defined as 1. Circuit parameters must be entered as a quoted s

Parameter Description

rip1 Only RIP version 1 packets are broadcast.

rip1Compatible Indicates RIP version 2 packets are broadcast.

rip2 Indicates RIP version 2 packets are multicasted.


numberOfHops Indicates the number of hops a Bootp packet is allowed to make.

relayBootpPkts This object determines if the access device will relay Bootp packets.

serverAddress This object indicates the IP address to which Bootp relay agent will relay Bootp requests.


circuitName Define a circuit name and index.

dataLinkType Select data link type from raw, snap, type 2 and type 8022. Where no protocol is used, select raw. Snap is Subnetwork Access Protocol. This protocol operates between a network entity in the subnetwork and a network entity in the end system. Type 2 and type 8022 match a protocol defined by IEEE 802.2 (LLC) connection-oriented operation upgrade. Type 8022 is the original version, Type 2 is the later version.

existState Define exist state as on or off.

ifIndex Define the IfIndex associated with this circuit.

netNumber Define the ipx network number of this circuit.

3-20


alue will

define ipx filter

define ipx staticRoute

System index must be defined as 1.

define ipx system basic

System index must be defined as 1.

define isdn

define isdn dialControl

define isdn dialControl callHistory maxLength

Define the upper limit on the number of entries that the callHistoryTable may contain. A vof 0 will prevent any history from being retained. When this table is full, the oldest entrybe deleted and the new one will be created.


netFilter Define the IPX filter’s network address as source, destination or both. Define the filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.

ripFilter Define the IPX RIP filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.

sapFilter Define the IPX SAP filter port as WAN, ethernet or both.

system Define the IPX system filters as inclusive or exclusive.


hopCount Define the number of hops necessary to reach the destination.

nextHopNICAddress Define the NIC address of the next hop.

status Define ipx status as on or off.

ticks The delay in ticks to reach the route’s destination.


netNumber The network number portion of the IPX address of the system.

routerStatus Define router as enabled or disabled.

spoofDataLinkType Define spoof data link type as raw, type 2, type 8023 or type 8022.

spoofing Set as enabled or disabled.

systemName Define an ipx system name as a text string.

wanOptimization Define wan optimization as enabled or disabled.

3-21


d its

define isdn dialControl configuration

define isdn dialControl peer

Configuration data for a single peer. This entry is effectively permanent and contains information to identify the peer, how to connect to the peer, how to identify the peer anpermissions.

Uses <<DialCtlPeerCfgTable>> in the mcmip MIB.


acceptMode acceptKnown

Security level for acceptance of incoming calls. Select acceptNone to accept no calls. Select acceptAll to accept all calls. Select acceptKnown to accept only calls that are properly identified.

trapStatus disabled Indicates whether traps should be generated for all peers.

3-22


3-23


bChannel Value of this object specifies the B channel to be used for leased lines.

callRetries 0 The number of calls to a non-responding address that may be made. A retry count of zero means there is no bound. The intent is to bound the number of successive calls to an address which is inaccessible, or which refuses those calls. Some countries regulate the number of call retries to a given peer that can be made.

closedUserGroup “ “ The closed user group is undefined for the given media or call. If the closed user group is undefined or unused, this value is a zero length string.

failureDelay 0 The time in seconds after which call attempts are to be placed again after it has been determined that a peer is unreachable.

infoType other The information transfer capability to be used when calling this peer. Select from the list to match the peer.

lowerIf 0 The ifIndex value of an interface the peer will have to be called on.

originateAddress Call address at which the peer will be called.

permission both Applicable permissions. Callback (4) either rejects the call and then calls back, or uses the reverse charging information element if it is available.

retryDelay 0 The time in seconds between call retries if a peer cannot be reached. A value of zero means that call retries may be done without any delay.

speed 0 The desired information transfer speed in bits per second when calling this peer.


define isdn physicalIf

define isdn physicalIf basic

Uses <<nvmIsdnBasicRateTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

subAddress “ “ Sub address at which the peer will be called.

trapStatus This object indicates whether dialCtlPeerCallInfo and dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps should be generated for the peer.

dialCtlPeerCallInfo - Trap information is sent to the manager whenever a successful call clears, or a failed call attempt is determined to have ultimately failed. In the event that call retry is active, this information is sent after all retry attempts have filed. Only one such trap is sent in-between successful call attempts, and subsequent call attempts do not result in a trap.

dialCtlPeerCallSetup - Trap information is sent to the manager whenever a call setup message is received or sent.


lineTopology point-to-multipoint

Line topology for the interface.

signalMode active The ISDN MIB object signalMode can be set to either active or inactive. If the value is set to active, the ISDN D Channel is active and the device ISDN protocol stack is running inside the D Channel. The ISDN connection to the ISDN network is a dialup connection.

If the value is set to inactive, the ISDN D Channel is inactive. No ISDN Signaling protocol is running inside the D Channel. This configuration is used for ISDN leased line.

There is no need to establish a connection to the remote peer. Whenever the physical line is activated from the device, it can transfer information through one or both B channels where one or two B channels are used for transmission.

3-24


define isdn physicalIf directory

Uses the <<nvmIsdnSignalingTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

define isdn physicalIf endPoint

Uses <<IsdnEndpointTable>> in the msmisdn MIB.

define isdn physicalIf lapd

Uses <<IsdnLapdCntrTable>> in the msmisisdn MIB.


number 1212 forindex 1

2323 for index 2

An entry in the ISDN signaling table.

signalingIndex 1 for index1 and 2

An entry in the isdn signaling table. This value corresponds to the port index used in the ICM.


serviceProfileId “ “ Service profile identifier (SPID) information for the terminal endpoint.

teiType dynamic Type of TEI for the terminal endpoint.

teiValue 127 The TEI value for the terminal endpoint.


nm20 3 Specifies the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.

n200 3 Specifies the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number of retransmissions of a frame.

n202 3 Specifies the retry counter N202. This is the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity request message.

timerTM20 2500 ms Specifies the timer TM20 value in milliseconds. for TEI management.

timerT200 1000 Specifies the timerT200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time to wait for an acknowledgment to a frame before initiating recovery.

timerT201 1000 Specifies the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201 is the minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity check messages.

3-25


s for

define isdn physical signal

Defines the isdn signaling table which contains configuration and operation parameterall isdn signaling channels on the managed device.

timerT202 2000 Specifies the timer T202 value in milliseconds. T201 is the minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity request messages.

timerT203 10,000 Specifies the timer T203 value in milliseconds. T203 is the maximum time allowed without frames being exchanged.

rxFrameSize 200 Specifies the maximum receive frame size in bytes.

rxWindowSize 200 The value of this object specifies the receive window size. The maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.

txFrameSize 1 Specifies the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

txWindowSize 7 for PRI1 for BRI when SAPI=03 for BRI when SAPI is not = 0

Specifies the transmit window size. The maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.


callingAddress “ “ The isdn address assigned to a signaling channel. This is the calling address information element as being passed to the switch in outgoing call setup messages.

infoTrapStatus disabled Indicates whether isdnMibCallInformation traps should be generated for calls on the signaling channel.

isdnMibCallInfomation - This trap information is sent to the manager under the following conditions:

• Incoming calls rejected for policy reasons (e.g., unknown neighbor, or access violation).

• Outgoing calls determined to have ultimately failed, and, if retry is active, all retry attempts have failed.

• Calls that connect, in which case the variable isdnBearerCallConnectTime should be included in the trap.

3-26


define msmDefines parameters for the MPANL signaling management mechanism.

define msm dteLink

Defines the IfIndex associated with the MPANL line parameters.

Uses <<MSMDTELinkCfgTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

define msm profile

Defines an entry in the MPANL signaling profile parameters table.

Uses <<MSMDCELinkStatusTabl

protocol other The protocol type supported by the switch providing access to the ISDN network to which this signaling channel is connected.

subAddress “ “ Supplementary information to the ISDN address assigned to this signaling channel.


dceMaxFrameSize 80 Represents the maximum frame size in bytes that the corresponding MPANL DCE is capable of receiving at a layer below the MPANL layer-2. Value depends on the DCE receiver bandwidth.

dceReceiverBW 64000 Represents the maximum throughput in bytes that the corresponding MPANL DCE is capable of receiving. Cannot exceed the access link bandwidth.

dteMaxFrameSize 80 The maximum frame size in bytes the MPANL DTE is capable of receiving at a layer below the MPANL layer 2. Value depends on DTE receiver bandwidth. This value is signaled from the DTE to the DCE.

dteReceiverBW 64000 The maximum throughput in bytes that the MPANL DTE is capable of receiving. Cannot exceeding the access link bandwidth. This value is signaled from the DTE to the DCE.

maxSubChannelRange 63 The highest DLCI value used for sub-channel allocation. This information is signaled from the DTE to the DCE.

3-27


define nacDefines the network address client cache entity.

Uses <<nacCacheTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.


customerId 0 Unique identification for a customer. This Id is used in registering the Egress table.

dnaPrefix " " Specifies the prefix of the directory network address (DNA) which uniquely identifies the unit within the network topology. A dnaPrefix with a null value means there is no DNA configured.

nodeId 1 A unique identifier for a Passport 4400. Used as the index into the MSM profile table.


customerId 0 An unique number allocated to a customer that allowing a single server to serve more than one customer. This Id identifies all units belonging to a particular customer.

numCacheEntries 100 The maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in memory. If this value is too high the free memory space on the unit will be reduced which may affect the unit's performance. If this value is too low, the unit will have to consult the server too frequently. The optimum value depends on the network size and the number of frequently dialed DNs. It is recommended to start with the value of 100 and tune the value to the optimum amount by observing the unit’s performance.

3-28


define rsiDefines the RSI (remote server interface) parameters.

Uses <<RSISysCfgDefGroup>> in the msmrsi MIB.

define rsi parameters

define rsi server

define tm


numOfCacheEntries 30 Specifies the maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in memory.

vncsId 1 The unique identifier for VNCS.


name Designates a name for the server.

type Indicates server preference as defined by the DNA address.


lineEfficiency disabled Designed to make available any leftover MPANL CIR to any emission priority traffic. It is not recommended that this object be enabled for most networks.

rateEnforcement disabled Performs CIR ingress rate shaping on a per-DLCI basis. This enforcement is used to determine how much information per DLCI is moved into the emission queue. When the CIR limit is reached, data for that DLCI is no longer queued in the emission queue for the remainder of the rate shaping interval (1 second). The MPANL CIR should be configured for the line speed in most cases.

weightedRoundRobin disabled The number of packets that will be moved from each DLCI into the emission queue before switching to the next DLCI at the same emission priority. Provides a more balanced distribution to each DLCI per emission queue. Rate enforcement must be enabled to perform Weighted Round Robin queuing.

3-29


define wan

define wan port

Defines the following port parameters.

define wan port ifType

Defines the port interface type. Specify IfIndex for the port and type.

Uses <<wanifTable>> in the mcmwan MIB.


baudRate 64000 WAN port clocking speed in bits per second.

encodeMethod nrz Indicates the port transmit/receive data encoding method.

htdsCutThru no Enables or disables fragmenting. If cut-thru is enabled, the fragmentSize forwarded is determined by the fragmentSize parameter. If cut-thru is turned off, fragmentSize is not used. This parameter is only available for HTDS protocol.

IdleChar The idle character required for Constant Bit Rate transfer.

SyncChar The 8 bit Syncronization character required by the Constant Bit Rate (CBR) transfer method.

IfType v35 Signaling characteristics for WAN interface. Select from:

none, V35, V36, ISDN-BRI, E1CSU, RS-232, x21, CSU-DSU, T1CSU

maxRxFrameSize 4000 Maximum received frame size allowed at the interface

mode dte Determines whether the Passport 4400 receives or transmits clocking signals.

numOfRxBuffers 100 Number of configured receive buffers.

protocolSupport none Protocol supported on the interface. Set according to your selection criteria from the following:

none, switchingFr, cbr, standardFr, htds

3-30


rxQueueSize 10 Size in frames of fragments received per MIP queue. (One queue per priority.) Available range is 10 to 255.

txQueueSize 10 Size in frames of fragments transmitted per MIP queue. (One queue per priority.) Available range is 5 to 255.

3-31


3-32

Delete Commands 4

The delete command is used to remove entries from a table.

• arp

• bridge

• filters

• fr

• gcm

• ip

• ipx

• isdn

• nac

• rsi

• system

delete arp entryDeletes entry from the arp configuration table for the specified IfIndex.

delete bridgeDeletes the following bridge tables.

Command Description

base Deletes the specified port profile. Specify IfIndex. Use the show bridge base port operational table command to list IfIndices.

etypeFilter Deletes single etype filters or a range of etype filters. Spec-ify IfIndex and filter number. Use the show bridge opera-tional table command to list IfIndices and filter numbers.

sapFilter The sapFilter table contains port-specific information for the device E-type filter. Specify IfIndex and filter number. Use the show bridge operational table command to list IfIndi-ces and filter numbers.

4-1

Delete CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

ibute

he

. Use

delete filters ipDeletes IP filters. Specify the IfIndex, address, mask, protocol type, port id or other attras shown on the CLI screen for forward, ospf and rip broadcast types. Use the show filters ip command to list current values.

delete fr

delete fr line user mpanl service

Deletes frame relay MPANL service. Specify service index.

<ServiceIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

delete fr port

Deletes the frame relay service. Use the corresponding show fr port command for each servicefor a list of Ifindices and DLCIs.

delete fr switch map

Deletes the entry used to associate a PVC with a DLCI. Specify the local IfIndex and tDLCI. Use the show fr switch map operational table command for a list of IfIndices and DLCIs.

delete gcmDeletes link and timer entries to the GCM. To delete each of these, specify the IfIndexthe corresponding show gcm command to list the IfIndices.

Command Description

pvcLANData Deletes the corresponding virtual port. Specify IfIndex and NetLinkIfIndex.

spvcLANData Deletes the spvc parameters for the specified interface. Specify Vir-tualPortIfIndex and RemoteNet DCLI.

svcLANData Deletes svc parameters for the temporary association between two end-points in the network. Specify IfIndex and the DNA as a quoted string, range 1 to 34 characters.

virtualPort Deletes links of the IfIndex of the frame relay physical port the vir-tual port is linked to, which temporarily provided a logical connec-tion for the duration of the call. Specify IfIndex.

Command Description

backupLink Deletes the index value which identifies the entry in the GCM link table.

4-2

Delete Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

delete ipDeletes IP address assignments.

delete ipxDeletes IPX circuit and static router assignments.

delete isdnDeletes ISDN directory and peer information for the specified index.

delete nacUses <<nacCfgGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.

link Deletes the index value which identifies an entry in the GCM link ta-ble as the primary link.

timer Deletes the index value which identifies the entry in the GCM timer table.

Command Description

address entry Deletes the address entry for the specified index.

route Deletes the destination IP address entry for an IP router.

Command Description

circuit Deletes an entry from the IPX circuit table. Specify system instance and circuit index numbers. Use the show ipx cir-cuit table command to list these numbers.

staticRoute Deletes a static route entry created with the define ipx stati-cRoute command. Specify system instance, circuit index, and network number. Use show ipx staticRoute table com-mand to list the these values.

Command Description

directory Deletes entry to the ISDN directory table.

peer Deletes entry to the peer configuration table.

Command Description

cache Removes deletes egress string information from the NAC cache. Specify egress string.

server Specify IP address.

4-3

Delete CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

device

delete rsi serverDeletes the RSI interface to the server for the specified DNA address.

delete system trapSubscriptionDeletes the subscription to a trap collection at the specified IP address. This prevents theat that address from receiving any more traps.

4-4

old

rk

Set Commands 5

The set command establishes a new value for a configuration parameter or modifies anone. Values programmed using the set command take effect dynamically without having toreset the unit. Values programmed or modified using set remain effective until the next systemreset. For values to remain effective after a system reset, the save command must be used.

• bridge

• csu

• gcm

• ip

• ipx

• nac

• nas

• port

• rsi

• snmp

• system

• tftp

• t1e1

• voice

set bridgeUse set bridge to provision bridge filtering. Bridge filtering may be used to reduce netwotraffic.

5-1

Set CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

by

it to

e

set bridge base port

Used to set bridge filtering for standard Passport networks. Information may be filteredthree criteria:

• etype or Ethernet type

• MAC or MAC address

• SAP or service access point. The SAP field is part of an address specification.

Indicate which port is effected by the filter by specifying the IfIndex. To use a filter, set enabled.

Uses <<BrgSapFilterTable>>, <<BrgEtFilterTable>> and <<BrgMACFilterTable>> in thmcmbrg MIB.

set bridge macFilter

set bridge macFilter address

Specify IfIndex and filter number.

set bridge macFilter type

Specify IfIndex and filter number.

Parameter Default Defined

etypeFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter by specifying the IfIndex. To use the filter, set it to enabled.

etypeFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-mation that meets the filter criteria to be passed on, while all other information is blocked out.

macFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter by specifying the IpIndex. To use the filter, set it to enabled.

macFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-mation that meets the filter criteria to be passed on, while all other information is blocked out.

sapFilter disabled Indicate which port will be effected by the filter by specifying the IpIndex. To use the filter, set it to enabled.

sapFilterType exclusive Setting the filter type to exclusive causes infor-mation that meets the filter criteria to be passed on, while all other information is blocked out.

Object Default Defined

MACFilterAddress N/A The MAC address that needs to be filtered.

MACFilterType N/A Filter based on source MAC address or destina-tion MAC address.

5-2

Set Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

ssport

n-

ically

5-3

set bridge misc

Sets the following bridge objects. These are typically used to customize non-standard Panetworks.

set bridge spanningTree parameters

Sets the following spanning tree parameters. These are typically used to customize nostandard Passport networks. All values are given in hundredths of a second.

set bridge spanningTree port

Sets the following spanning tree values for the designated port. These settings are typmade to customize a non-standard Passport network.


DebugStatus disabled Sets the unit to debug spanning tree algorithm.

SpanDebugStatus disabled Sets the unit to generate a controlled number of debugging messages in order to debug the bridge status.

SpoofCacheAge 0 The aging time in seconds for entries in the ARP spoof cache specified by the cache timeout value. This is done in order to make room for active en-tries. Range is 60 to 1800 seconds.

spoofThreshold 0 The ARP spoof threshold count. Allows this num-ber of consecutive outstanding ARP requests per test node.

spoofThresholdAge 0 Aging time for the ARP spoof cache threshold. Range is 60 to 1800 seconds.


bridgeFwdDelay 1500(15 seconds)

Value that all bridges use for forward delay when this unit is acting as root. One unit = 10 ms.

bridgeHelloTime 200(2 seconds)

Value that all bridges use for hello time when this unit is acting as root. One unit = 10 ms.

bridgeMaxAge 2000(20 seconds)

The maximum age of spanning tree protocol in-formation learned from the network before it is discarded. One unit = 10 ms.

priority 32768 The value of the writable portion of the bridge id, such as the first two octets of the bridge id. One unit = 10 ms.

Parameter Defined

PathCost Value based on hop count. Used to compare various paths through the network environment. Path cost value is used by the routing protocols to determine the most favorable path to a partic-ular destination. Path cost value is assigned by the system admin-istrator. Range is 1 to 65535.


e that

IB.

set csuSets the objects that control the channel service unit (CSU). CSU refers to a digital devicconnects end user equipment to the local digital telephone loop.

set csu 56k

Specify IfIndex to set these parameters. Uses <<56kCsuCfgEntry>> in the mcmcsu M

priority Value used to assign priority to the designated port. Priority based on packet size and interface type. Range is 0 to 255.

status Select enabled or disabled


clockSource internalClock

Sets the T1 CSU line clocking source. Se-lect internal or external.

FilterForce normalTxCondition

Enables or disables filter forcing.

FilterForcingCntl 0db-Filter-Gain

Selects the 56K CSU filter gain if filter force is enabled.

loopback normalRxCondition

Selects normal or forces loopback condi-tion for 56k CSU.

operatingMode 4WirePrimary 56k

Select the 56K physical connection re-quired for your application.

txControlMode normalTxCondition

Selects transmission of the 56K CSU con-trol mode idle sequence.

TxIdle normalTxCondition

Selects transmission of the 56K CSU data mode idle sequence (all 1’s).

TxOutOfFrame normalTxCondition

Selects transmission of the 56K CSU out of frame sequence for DDS-PRI mode, or transmission of multiplexer out of sync se-quence for DDS-SC mode.

TxOutOfService normalTxCondition

Selects transmission of the 56K CSU out of service sequence for DDS-PRI mode, or transmission of abnormal station code se-quence for DDS-SC mode.

txZeroSuppression normalTxCondition

Selects the 56K CSU disable transmit zero suppression for DDS-PRI mode, or trans-mission of all zeros for DDS-SC mode.

5-4


5-5

set csu e1t1

Uses the <<T1E1CsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.


b7ZeroSuppression disable Selects stuffing bit 7 to 1 if 8 consecutive ze-ros occur. b7zsDisable = no stuffing. b7zsEnable = bit 7 forced to a one in chan-nels with all zerros. Note that for an E1 CSU interface, this object is not used.

b8ZeroSuppression enable Selects zero code suppression for a T1 CSU interface. Note that for an E1 CSU interface, this object is not used.

clockSource internal Selects the clock source for the specified data port.

crc4 disable Specifies whether to enable or disable a T1 line CRC4.

ds0BasicRate 64k Sets the T1 CSU line speed as a multiple of the selected rate.

ds0Connection display string (“ ”)

Sets the DS-0 channel. Valid characters are decimals, digits, comma and hyphen. For ex-ample "1, 3, 14" means ds0 channel 1, ds0 channel 3 and ds0 channel 14. Another ex-ample, "5-11" means ds0 channel 5 through ds0 channel 11.

frameFormat esf-Framing-Mode

• Sets frame format.

• D4 - AKA superframe. Framing type used on T1 circuits. SF consists of 12 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit providing error checking.

• ESF - extended super frame. Framing type used on T1 circuits that consists of 24 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit providing timing. An enhanced version of D4.

framerLoopback disable Selects framer T1 CSU loopback.

hdb3 enable Selects E1 CSU HDB3. Note that for a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.

lineBuildOut -7.5db Specifies the cable length attached to the lo-cal T1 line.


set gcm unit command Switches the units link from primary to backup or from backup to primary. Uses <<GcmUnitTable>> from the mcmgcm MIB.

set ip

set ip parameters

localLoopBack disable Selects local T1 CSU loopback status. The local loopback is used to test the line inter-face. When this test is initiated, the system automatically sends a request to the local device to loopback to the port under test. The specified test pattern is then transmitted to the local modem as test data. At the end of the test, the system automatically sends a request to the local device to take down the loopback.

payLoadLoopback disable Selects the payload T1 CSU loopback. The payload loopback is used to set up a loop-back on the local node to support testing ports on another node. The incoming pay-load is looped back out of the function pro-cessor. During the test, the physical level frames are terminated and the payload data is looped over the link controller device.The payload loopback is not a test, and does not produce test results for the local node.

remoteLoopback disable Selects the remote T1 CSU loopback. Re-mote loopback tests the full length of the fa-cility. On the local port, a repeated bit pattern is sent out of the link to request the remote CSU to set up a remote loopback. Then the specified test pattern is transmitted to the re-mote CSU as test data. At the end of the test, the Test component automatically re-quests the remote loop to be taken down by sending another repeated bit pattern.

trapStatus enable Selects whether the T1/E1 CSU traps should be generated for this interface.

txIdleCode 127 Selects T1 CSU transmit idle code.

txLoopDown disable Selects transmit T1 CSU loop down status.

txLoopUp disable Selects transmit T1 CSU loop up status.

5-6


lid.

dress

etwork

for the

ached value nent s and

5-7

set ip parameters defaultTimeToLive

TimeToLive is a field in the IP header that indicates how long a packet is considered vaThe unit of measure is seconds. Specify integer. Default value is 60 seconds.

set ip route

set ip route metric

Sets the metric for hop count between source and destination. Enter destination IP adand metric value.

set ip route netMask

The subnet mask associated with the IP address of this entry. Value must have all the nbits set to 1 and all the host bits set to 0.

set ip route nextHop

Determines the IP route by setting the IP address for the next hop and the IP address destination.

set ipx

set ipx circuit staticStatus

Circuit staticStatus indicates whether the information about static routes and services revia this circuit matches the information currently saved in permanent storage. Setting theto write when it had the value changed will write the currently in use information to permastorage. Setting the value to read when it had the value changed will replace any routeservices currently defined for the circuit with those read from permanent storage.

set nac

set nac parameters

Uses <<nacCfgGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.


addrResolveRetries N/A The number of times an address resolution request is sent to the server to get a DNA address. Range is 1 to 5.


tries. If cified

to come evice.

set nac server

Uses << nacServerTable 1>> in the mcmnac MIB.

set nas basic agingTime The Server age time specified in seconds for the age of the registered access device enthe server does not receive a HELLO packet from the access device within the time spehere, the device registered numbers will be removed. This causes the access devices up or go down. This value should be a multiple of the HelloTime value for the access d

Uses <<nasNvParam>> in the mcmnas MIB.

addrResolveTimeout N/A The time in milliseconds after which an ad-dress resolution request will be present in case the previous one is not answered. Set-ting a very low value in a heavily loaded IP network would result in transmissions of multiple requests further increasing the net-work load.

cacheStatus enabled Specifies caching of previously resolved Ad-dresses and to remove previously resolved addresses from the cache. It is recommend-ed that cachStatus be set to enabled as it helps relieve the load on the server, reduces network traffic and speeds up address reso-lution.


helloTime 60seconds

The interval of time in seconds between transmission of two consecutive Hello mes-sages to the server. If the server does not see a HELLO message within a specified period it will purge it's database of all entries belonging to this unit.

name N/A A user supplied name for the server.

status N/A Allows you to insert, disable or delete a serv-er. Enable results in insertion of a server for address resolution. Disable will stop this unit from using the server for address resolution. Delete will remove the entry from the table.

type N/A Type of NAS to which this information is as-signed. Primary indicates the preferred server which will be first consulted for ad-dress resolution. A secondary server is used as an alternative if the primary is not re-sponding. All servers have to be marked secondary if round-robin load sharing is de-sired between servers

5-8


tType sting.

set port adminStatusSets the administrative status of the physical interface of the specified port (only the IfExwith ethernet and propMultiplexor). Provide IfIndex and select status as up, down or teIn the testing state, no operational packets can be passed.

set rsi parametersSets the remote server interface (RSI) parameters.

Uses <<RSISysCfgSetGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.


cacheStatus enable Allows you to enable or disable caching of previously resolved addresses. It is recom-mended that caching be enabled as it helps relieve the load on the server, reduces net-work traffic, speeds up address resolution.

Flushing of the cache is recommended if the network configuration has changed resulting in changes in DNAs and/or DNs. These changes would make previously cached res-olutions incorrect.

numOfAddrResRe-quest

5 This object specifies the time-out period (in tenths of a second) after which an address resolution request will be resent to the RSA (in case the previous one is not answered).

Setting a low value in a heavily loaded net-work would result in transmissions of multi-ple requests further increasing the network load. It is recommended to tune this value by considering the network load and perfor-mance. Default value is 5.

resReqTimeOut 5 This object specifies the time-out period (in tenths of a second) after which an address resolution request will be resent to the RSA (in case the previous one is not answered).

Setting a low value in a heavily loaded net-work would result in transmissions of multi-ple requests further increasing the network load. It is recommended to tune this value by considering the network load and perfor-mance. Default value is 5.

5-9


This abled.

s. The

which e N (or

ined.

their ach

set snmp

set snmp authenTraps

Indicates whether the SNMP agent process will generate authentication-failure traps. provides a means whereby all authentication-failure traps may be disabled. Default is en

Note: It is strongly recommended that this object be stored in non-volatile memory so it remains constant between re-initialization of the network management system. For more information, refer to the Passport 4400 Operator’s Manual.

set system

set system administration

Sets (or assigns) system administration information. Includes

• contact

• location

• NodeName

Each of these values must be entered as display strings, between quotation characterdefault value for these three objects is " " (null string).

Note: RFC 1213 allows a range of 0 to 255 characters to define these objects. The 4400 allows a range of 1 to 50.

set system communityString

Using the community string command, users can be assigned different privilege levels allow or restrict access to specific CLI utilities and functions. Community string/privileglevels are divided into two groups. These are NSP (or network service provider) and VPvirtual private network). Within the NSP and VPN groups, three levels of privilege are defThese groups are configurator for configuration privileges, operator for operation-levelprivileges and monitor for display-level privileges.

The six privilege levels are accessed through one of six community string indexes andassociated passwords. The following tables show the privilege levels associated with estring index along with the default password.

Note: TELNET and SNMP accesses from the ethernet port will be affected by changes to the password strings.

Note: The CLI will not accept passwords or user names that contain the space character (ASCII Hex 0X20).

5-10


te or

M re in

set system consolePort

Sets transmission parameters for the local management port.

set system firmware

Application code and configuration memory banks can be set to either a committed staan uncommitted state. When a memory bank is set to committed, it becomes write-protectedand cannot be overwritten or erased during a software download or a save configuration update operation. The application code that is in the committed bank is loaded into RAwhen a system reset occurs. The application code and configuration information that athe uncommitted banks are overwritten during a TFTP software download. Only one application code bank and one configuration bank can be set to committed at a time.

Group Privilege

String Index DefaultPassword

Networkconfiguration

Networkoperation

Networkdisplay

nSP_Configurator “private” Read/Write Read/Write Read only

nSP_Operator “public” Read only Read/Write Read only

nSP_Monitor “proxy” Read only Read only Read only

*Network service provider designations

Group Privilege

String Index Default

Password

VPN configura-tion

VPN operation VPN display

customer_Configurator

“regional” Read/Write Read/Write Read only

customer_Operator

“core” Read only Read/Write Read only

customer_Monitor

“nortel” Read only Read only Read only

*Virtual private network designations


BaudRate 9600 bps Sets the console and debugger speed.

dataBits 8 Sets the console number of data bits excluding stop and parity bits.

parity off Sets console for odd, even or no (off) parity.

stopBits 1 Sets the number of console stop bits.

5-11


o k. If d cution.

en a

k 3 or

ank 1

come

to the

sion e

At initial startup, all four memory banks are in the uncommitted state. If Bank 1 is set tcommitted, Bank 2 remains in the uncommitted state and is the software download bansubsequently Bank 2 is set to committed, Bank 1 is automatically toggled to the uncommittestate at the next reset, and the application code in Bank 2 is then loaded into RAM for exe

Configuration banks can be set to either active or inactive as well as to the committed or uncommitted states. The Passport 4400 always reads the active configuration bank whreset occurs, and saves configuration changes to the uncommitted bank.

set system firmware activeConfigBank

Sets a configuration code bank to the active status. Specify whether configuration banconfiguration bank 4 will become active.

set system firmware commitCodeBank

Sets an application code bank to the committed status. Specify whether configuration bor configuration bank 2 will become committed.

set system firmware commitConfigBank

Sets configuration bank to the committed status. Specify whether code bank 3 or 4 will becommitted.

set system firmware operationType

This command is not used.

set system rollback

Sets the status of the rollback feature. Select from enable or disable.

When rollback is enabled, the CLI software requires confirmation of any change made active status of the code after a system reset. If the change is not confirmed using the confirm rollback command, the operating system will “roll back” to the previous, unchanged verof the code. For more information about using system rollback, refer to Chapter 3 of thPassport 4400 Operator’s Manual, 800-1952-20

set system timeOfDay

Sets system calendar and clock.

Parameter Use

date Enter a numeric value from 1 to 31.

day Enter the name of a week day as shown on the screen.

hour Enter the hour of the day using a 24 hour clock (0-23).

minute Enter a numeric value from 0 to 59.

month Enter a numeric value from 1 to 12.

5-12


ections

set system traps

Sets threshold values for system traps.

set tftpApplies settings via a TFTP transfer.

set t1e1Applies settings to provision the T1/E1 links and profiles.

set t1e1 ds0Connect

Sets the DS0 channels. For T1 connections you can select channels 1 - 24. For E1 connyou can select channels 1 - 30.

second Enter a numeric value from 0 to 59.

year Enter a four digit numeric value for the year.

Trap Name Default Set Value

bandwidthUtilThres 90 Indicate the band width utilization threshold in units of percent.

cpuUtilThres 90 Indicate the CPU utilization threshold in units of percent.

ramUtilThres 90 Indicate the RAM utilization threshold in units of percent.

Parameter Use

portNumber Specify port number.

remoteFileName Set remote file name.

retransmissionCount Set retransmission count.

serverIPAddress Set the server IP address.

timeOut Set the timeout value in seconds.

uploadConfigBank Specify the configuration bank to receive the code. Choices are bank 3 or bank 4.

<LineIndex> : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) |

networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)

<DS0Index> : INTEGER (1..30)

<ConnectionState> : (See table

5-13


dex

ation

set t1e1 lineParameters

Sets a previously configured T1/E1 profile to a T1/E1 line. For profile, select 1. For LineInselect localEnd or networkEnd for T1/E1 dual port.

set t1e1 portParameters

Sets the T1/E1 the line parameters. Used as the index to the unit’s T1/E1 line configurtable.

Uses <<t1e1DPCfgEntry>> in the mcm21te1 MIB.

Parameter Use

idle The idle option places a DS0 channel in an idle state. In this state, all existing connections to that DS0 channel will be removed and new assignments can be made.

bypassVoice Used to connect a DS0 channel to the bypassVoice link.

bypassData Used to connect a DS0 channel to the bypassData link.

toPort2 Used to connect a DS0 channel directly to the Port 2 WAN link on the ethernet base module. You may con-nect more than one DS0 channel to the Port 2 link us-ing one command for each channel.

toPort3 Used to connect a DS0 channel directly to the Port 3 link on the ethernet base module.

toDataPort1 Connects a DS0 channel to the Data Port 1 slot.

toDataPort2 Connects a DS0 channel to the Data Port 2 slot.

B1 - B6 Refers to the six voice channels (Digital Voice Mod-ules) on the T1 or E1 Access Modules in logical slot B of the device.

C1 - C12 Refers to the twelve voice channels of the Digital Voice Expansion Module in logical slot C of the unit.

D1 - D12 Refers to the twelve voice channels of a Digital Voice Expansion Module in logical slot D of the unit.

<LineIndex> : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) |

networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)

<Profile> : INTEGER (1..30)

Parameter Default Use

clock networkLineExternal

Sets the clock source for the speci-fied port.

5-14


1/E1

set t1e1 profile

Sets a profile of T1/E1 line parameters. Profiles can be set for either local or network Tlines.

Uses <<t1e1ProfCfgEntry>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

dtrControl normal Sets DTR control as normal or forced on for the specified port.

rate rate64kbps Sets the rate for the specified port.

rtsControl normal Sets RTS control as normal or forced on for the specified port.


e1CRC4Status disable Enables the CRC-4 cyclic redundan-cy check feature. When enabled, the E1 Access Module generates and monitors for the CRC algorithm car-ried on bit 1 of Time Slot 0 of an E1 frame.

e1LineCode ami Selects either AMI or HDB3 line code.

• ami indicates that HDB3 suppression is disabled. When AMI is selected, you must ensure that the Data Terminal Equipment is generating at lease one 1 in every four bits.

• hdb3 (High Density Bipolar 3), a ITU-TSS-recommended coding method which limits the maximum number of consecutive zeros to three.

5-15


e1TS16Connection toCAS Specifies the signaling system to be used in time slot 16.

• toCAS supports G.704 channel associated signaling. In this method, a multiframe structure of 16 consecutive frames numbered 0 through 15 is used. In each frame, time slot 16 allocates four bits to two channels in the following pattern: Frame 0 = multiframe alignment; Frame 1 = ABCD of CH 1 and ABCD of Ch 16; Frame 2 = ABCD of Ch 2 and ABCD of Ch 17; etc., up to Frame 15.

idleCode 127 (0X7F) Sets the idle code for the DS0 chan-nels. Values range from 0 to 255. Specify the profile number (1 or 2).

t1BuildOut less than 10 ft. Specifies cable length attached to the line. Specify the profile number (1 or 2).

t1FrameFormat superFrame Sets the profile for either superframe (D4) or extended superframe (ESF). Superframe consists of 12 frames and extended superframe consists of 24 frames.

t1LineCode ami Sets either AMI or B8ZS zero sup-pression. AMI disables B8ZS sup-pression; however, a bit density requirement is created which can be satisfied by assuring that the DTE is generating at least one 1 in every byte. Voice is not affected as PCM code does not allow bytes without a 1.

t1LoopbackStatus disable Used to enable T1 network-invoked loopback tests. When enabled, the T1 Access Module recognizes and responds to network-invoked loop-back commands. When disabled, the T1 Access Module will not re-spond to network-invoked loopback commands.

5-16


lock clock

r The the

1) of leave

set t1e1 systemClock

LocalLineClock indicates that the clock source is taken from the DXS-1 line. InternalCindicates that the clock is taken from an internal source. NetworkClock indicates that theis taken from a network source.

set t1e1 systemTest

This command includes one test and five stop commands.

Uses <<t1e1SysControlActionCmd>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

set t1e1 testChannel

Used to test individual DS0 channels. Only one channel may be tested at one time. FoLineIndex, specify localEnd. For DS0Index, indicate the channel number being tested.following tests patterns can be selected. For more detail on these tests, please refer toPassport 4400 T1/E1 and Digital Voice Manual, 800-1944-31.

Uses <<t1e1SysControlActionCmd>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

set t1e1 testLine

Specifies which DS0 line is in test mode. Used to test all DS0 channels (24T1 or 30 Ethe DSX-1 (L1) or DS-1 (L2) line. These tests are interruptive and, unlike channel tests,existing connections in their present states while a test is in progress.

Uses <<t1e1DS0ChTestCmdTstPattern>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

Parameter Use

testLED Used to test all LEDs associated with the T1/E1 Ac-cess Module. It does not test the LEDs of the associ-ated digital voice modules.

stopChannelTest Stops channel test currently in progress.

stopLineTest Stops line test currently in progress.

stopPortTest Not applicable.

stopLedTest Stops LED test currently in progress.

stopAllTest Stops all tests currently in progress.

Test Description

qrss QuasiRandom Signal Source. Pseudo random serial test pattern with a length of 1048576 bits. Limited to a maximum of 14 consecutive zeros.

tp511 Pseudo random serial test pattern with a length of 512 bits.

loop Connects the input data to the output path.

fixed An alternating test pattern of ones and zeros (E1 only).

5-17


set t1e1 testPort

Specify either port 1 or port 2. Select either external or internal loopback test.

Parameter Use

LineIndex Specifies the DSX-1 T1/E1 line whose DS0 channels are to be tested.

TestPattern Select one of four loopback test types.

5-18


voice

set voiceThese commands set the VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying achannel with its corresponding voice profile.

set voice channelActions

Uses <<VNETChControlEntry>> in the mcmvnet MIB.

set voice egressTable

Parameter Use

CardNumber Specifies the location of the voice/fax card whose channel you want to test.

ChannelNumber Specifies the channel number within the selected card. The integer value ranges from 1 to 12.

Action The type of channel action you intend to perform.

disconnect - disconnects an existing connection.

loopback - performs a standard loopback test.

terminateTest - terminates an active test.

forceConnect - not implemented.

Parameter Use

channelList EgressIndex - assign an index number for the egress entry. This number will link the manipulation string to the voice channels. Entry must be an integer in the range 1 - 32.

ChannelList - Enter voice/fax card locations (b1b2b3 etc.) as a quoted string. Maximum is 30 characters.

ManipulationString * Sets voice channel manipulations.

phoneNumber Applies phone numbers to the egress table. Enter the EgressIndex as defined with the channelList param-eter. Enter the phone number as a quoted string.

*See definition below for manipulation strings

5-19


nsists ’, ‘*’,

ber

Manipulation strings provide control over the egress number. The manipulation string coof manipulation commands that are formed by decimal digits 0-9, and the characters ‘#‘+’, ‘D’ and ‘I’. These characters are defined as follows:

set voice ingressTable

set voice parameters

Sets profile and switching IDs to the voice module ports. Specify module, channel numand profile ID.

set voice parameters profileID

Specify a unique integer to identify each profile.

<CardNumber> : limB | limC |

limD | limE

<ChannelNumber> : INTEGER (1..12)

<ProfileID> : INTEGER (1..32)

Character Definition

* the next digit

# the rest of the digits

+ wait one second

Dn delete next n digits, where n = 0 through 9

D# delete the rest of the ingress digits.

Innn insert digits, nnn where nnn = any number of digits.

Parameter Use

ingressNumber IngressIndex - Enter a number from 1 to 32. The lower the index number, the higher the priority of the corre-sponding ingress number.

IngressNumber - Enter a mix of alphanumeric charac-ters (maximum 40). These are the characters the user must dial to reach the destination voice channel. The al-pha characters are limited to the symbols *, #, and +. Where * = a single wild card, # used to wildcard the rest of the digits immediately following the # and + is used to obtain a second dial tone.

ManipulationString * Sets voice channel manipulations.

*See definition above for manipulation strings in the table above.

5-20


set voice parameters switchingProfileID

Specify the ID number of the switching profile to be used for a switching call.

<CardNumber> : limB | limC |

limD | limE

<ChannelNumber> : INTEGER (1..12)

<SwitchingProfileID> : INTEGER (1..32)

5-21


5-22

set voice profileID

Sets various attributes to the voice profile.

Uses <<VNETProfileCfgEntry>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

Parameters Default Use

analogOperation(E&M Only)

two wire Select either 2-wire or 4-wire operation to match the interfacing PBX.

autoGainControl disable Enable automatic level enhancement, a feature that boosts weak DTMF and voice signals above the noise threshold to a minimum usable level.

backGround regenerated Determine whether users hear silence or regen-erated background noise when no signal is be-ing sent across the line.

bandwidth voiceActivated

Select voiceActivated where the voice/fax channel uses bandwidth when speech or fax signals are present.

Select continuous where the voice/fax channel uses bandwidth for the entire time that the chan-nel is in use. You may use this option if you want to transmit background noise or music while on hold.

busyOutMode system Select systemControlled to place the voice/fax channel in a busyout state during link outages of 40 seconds or more, or when there is not enough bandwidth available to support the voice/fax channel.

Select forcedOn to force the voice/fax channel into the busyout state. Use to disable an inter-mittent or defective voice/fax channel until it can be repaired.

Select forcedOff to prevent the channel from going busy, even during link outages or conges-tion. Use when testing the channel.

callProgressTone northAmerica

Matches the call progress tones to one of eight countries or areas where the network is in-stalled. The Call Progress Tone table in Appen-dix C shows details for each selection.

companderFormat(DVM & BRI)

uLaw A voice encoding/decoding scheme of PCM as-sociated with this T1/E1 type transmission. This parameter tells the DVM channel how to en-code/decode the CAS coming from the T1/E1 line.


5-23

delay(Regeneration)

1 Select the delay regeneration interval. Defines compensation time before the remote PBX goes off-hook and provides a dial tone back to the voice channel for completing the call setup. (range 1 to 10 seconds)

Part of the Single Dial Tone Feature.

dialDigitTimeLimit 10 Specifies the maximum time (from the start of one digit to the start of the next) for accepting di-aled digits. When the time limit is reached, fur-ther digits are not accepted, and the accumulated digits are forwarded to the remote voice channel.

This allows a person time to pause and check a number being dialed. When using pulse dialing, the parameter must be set for 2 seconds or more to accommodate the high-order digits, such as 9 or 10.

Part of the Single Dial Tone Feature.

discSupervision(FXO Only)

tone Selects the detection method used when the telephone equipment attached to a voice/fax port goes from an off-hook (active) to an on-hook (idle) state.

Select Power Interrupt - where the voice/fax channel monitors the station line of the PBX or CO for the absence of loop current for 600 ms or longer.

Select Tone - where the attached PBX or CO cannot supply a power interrupt signal, the voice/fax channel looks for a call progress tone of 600 Hz or less.

dtmfToneDetector enable DTMF tone detector. When enabled, this feature ensures that DTMF signals at the remote end are regenerated with a uniform on/off time of 100 milliseconds. Limited to switched calls, and compatible with other voice/fax modules that in-corporate this feature.

dvmSignalingFormat(T1/E1 DVM Only)

tieTrunk Specifies the voice signaling protocol and format to be used when the DVM channel is connected to a DS0 channel.

echoCanceller enable Used to enable or disable the echo canceller.

Set to enable during normal operations. Set to disable when performing external tests, or when using an external echo canceller.


5-24

emSignalFormat (E&M Only)

dc Select one of four methods to signal (and sense) the on-hook/off-hook condition of an E&M tele-phone connection.

Where DC is selected, the channel senses the active/idle condition of the remote end by the DC level on its M lead, and signals to the remote end its active/idle condition by a DC level on its E lead.

Where tone2280 is selected, the channel sens-es the idle condition of the remote end by the presence of a 2280-Hz tone on its T-R pair, and holds a 2280-Hz tone on its T1-R1 pair to indi-cate its idle condition to the remote end. This op-tion is applicable only to 4-wire connections.

Where pulsedDC is selected, the channel sens-es the transition from on-hook to off-hook by a pulse of medium duration, and the transition from off-hook to on-hook by a pulse of longer du-ration. Both ends of the connection must select this signaling format.

winkStart - In the originating channel the user enters a string of digits to reach a distant PBX station. The originating PBX first seizes the M lead and waits for a wink signal response from the local voice/fax channel. Only then does the local PBX forward the dialed digits to the desti-nation voice/fax channel. At the destination end, the voice/fax channel seizes the E lead and starts a (regeneration) delay timer. When the delay timer expires, the remaining digits are for-warded to the destination PBX.

endOfDialCharStatus

disable Used in conjunction with the Single Dial Tone operation. When enabled, receipt of a # sign fol-lowing a string of digits will cause the voice channel to forward all digits immediately, without waiting for the accumulation of the maximum number of forwarded digits or for the dial digit time limit to expire.

faxDigitizingRate voiceRate Selects digitizing rates for fax/modem signals. Normally, separate fax digitizing rates are used. If Voice Rate is selected, the digitizing rate for fax/modem signals will be limited to 7.2 kbps.


5-25

format(Regeneration)

dtmf Used to allow the voice/fax channel to match the outgoing dialing digits with that of the interfacing PBX.

Dial Pulse -used when the interfacing PBX re-quires that the incoming dialing digits be in a dial pulse format.

DTMF -used when the interfacing PBX requires that the incoming dialing digits be in a DTMF for-mat.

fxsSignalingFormat (FXS Only)

interrupted Ring

Used to set the ringing cadence for the FXS in-terface.

Interrupted Ring - The ringing cadence is: ring for two seconds, off for four seconds.

Repeated Ring - In which the ringing cadence is slaved to the ring cycle generated by the PBX.

inputLevelGain 0 Used to set the amplification level for the voice/fax input signal. Values range from -6dB to 19dB.

Note: The input level gain must be set to 0 dBm for equipment operated in the U.S.A. or Canada. If your equipment is operated outside of the U.S.A. or Canada, follow the standards of the country where the equipment is used.

jitter 50 Used to set the time (in milliseconds) required to compensate for the delay of transmitted voice packets across a network. This setting provides compensation for the difference between arrival time and expected arrival time of voice packets, maintaining continuous voice delivery. Values range from 1 to 200 milliseconds.

lineImpedance

(FXS enhancedE&M 2-wireFXO enhanced)

600 ohms Used to set the line impedance options for the FXS, FXO, and E&M 2-wire. Line impedance of the E&M interface configured for 4-wire opera-tion is fixed at 600 ohms and is not configurable.

maxNumFwdDigits

7 Used to specify the maximum number of dialing digits, ranging from 0 to 40, to be forwarded to the attached PBX. If this number is reached, the accumulated digits are forwarded without having to wait until the Dial Digit Time Limit is reached. Default value is 7, which will disable the Single Dial Tone feature. This assures backward com-patibility, and requires positive action by the user to enable this feature.

Part of the Single Dial Tone feature.


maxOutputLevel (E&M 4-wire)

0dBmNominal

Used to set the maximum output level to be used with a voice channel configured for 4-wire E&M.

plus7dBm - use when the interfacing tie trunk equipment includes a pad.

normal0dBm - used for all other applications.

mode voiceFax Sets the voice channel to voice/fax, or voice only operation.

voice/fax operation - The voice channel will process voice, fax, or modem (data) signals. Normally, the channel will operate in voice mode. If a fax or data signal is detected, and there is no voice traffic over the channel, the channel will automatically switch to either the fax or modem mode. It will stay in that mode until fax/data signals are no longer detected, and then switch back to voice mode. Use this option for most voice/fax/modem applications.

voice only operation - in which the channel will remain in voice mode all the time. Use this op-tion if the voice/fax channel is dedicated to voice traffic only. You must select this mode when per-forming frequency/level tests of the channel. This prevents the channel from accidentally en-tering the fax mode when a test tone is used.

noiseLevelBackground

neg30dbm0 Signal input above this level is considered a voiced signal, below this level, the Voice Activity Detector (VAD), will determine if it is a voiced signal or background noise.

numOfRings(FXO & 3-port)

1 Used to set the number of ring cycles a local FXO channel will wait before providing a dial tone. When an attempt is made to contact a net-work channel from a PBX station, the user first dials the local FXO channel and waits for a sec-ond dial tone. In response, the local FXO chan-nel waits one or more ring cycles before providing that dial tone. The user then dials the extension number of the network channel.

outputLevelAttn 0 Used to set the output voice/fax signal attenua-tion level. You can enter values ranging from 0dB to 25dB.

Note: The output level attenuation must be set to 0 for equipment operated in the U.S.A. or Canada. If your equipment is operated outside of the U.S.A. and Canada, follow the standard of the country wherein the equipment is used.

5-26


brary

been your olves

set voice switchingProfile

To configure the switching parameters of a voice/fax channel, you must first create a liof voice/fax switching profiles (maximum 32). Each profile includes a set of voice/fax switching characteristics specified by your system administrator. Once this library has created, you may assign a profile to one or more of the eight voice/fax channels withinunit, if so specified by the system administrator. Assigning a profile to a voice channel invthe set voice parameters switchingprofileID command, described above.

Uses <<VNETSwProfCfgEntry>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

premiumVoice(DVM Only)

compress Disabled

When enabled, this object selects whether the DVM channel should perform the voice com-pression/decompression coming from or going to the T1/E1 DS0 channel.

pulseRate(BRI Only)

10 Pulses per second

Defines the maximum number of pulses per sec-ond which may be generated or received in an E&M interface-type channel. For a standard E&M channel, the value must be set to 10. For partner BRI channel, a larger number should be used to speed up the communication.

ringFrequency (FXS & 3-port

25Hz Used to set the frequency of the signal that causes an attached telephone to ring when a call is coming in on that channel.

25 Hz - used for most applications.

50 Hz - used with some European telephone systems.

silenceHangOver-Time

msec300 Indicates the time delay to switch from voice to silence. Units listed in milliseconds.

Parameter Default Use

addServerSelect N/A Indicates which DNA server is used. Select from nas-only, vncs-only, nas-then-vncs, and vncs-then-nas.

5-27


5-28

autoCallNumber 0 Allows the preselection of a fixed destination (ex-tension number) within the network. Then, when the local voice/fax channel goes off-hook, that ex-tension number is automatically called.

Although outbound calls are directed to a single destination, the local voice/fax channel may be ac-cessed by multiple sources; when on-hook, it is free to receive calls from other extensions within the network, as specified by the incoming call re-striction option.

By applying Autocall to a pair of voice/fax channels (so that the pair will automatically call each other) the pair will act like a forced telephone connection in most respects, but use all matching features of voice switching.

callNegotiation specific Not used.

closedUserGrpId 0 Operates in conjunction with the incoming and outgoing call restriction subcommands. Used to restrict calls to all but a select user group.

For ClosedUserGroupId, select a number be-tween 1 and 255. Only the user group belonging to this ID number will be able to call an extension number or receive a call from another extension number, if restricted. If you select 0, the call re-strictions do not apply to any user group.

incomingCallRestr noRestr Selectively restricts incoming calls.

NoRestriction - Incoming calls will not be restrict-ed or restriction is by class only.

CheckCUGID - Incoming calls can be received only if the caller’s group number matches the group number of the receiver.

CheckRestrictionClassCode - Incoming calls are accepted only if the caller’s class number is equal to or higher than the receiver’s class num-ber.

CheckBothCUGandRcCode - Incoming calls will be accepted if the caller’s group number matches the receiver’s group number and the caller’s class number is equal to or higher than the receiver’s class number.

InhibitAll - All incoming calls are restricted.

outCallMode dynamic Indicates the type of call being made. Select from dynamic or enblock-only.


ping lease

set voice systemActions

Sets the voice system action commands. System action involves either starting or stoploopback tests on all channels. For more information concerning the loopback tests, prefer to the Passport 4400 T1/E1 and Digital Voice Manual, 800-1944-30.

outgoingCallRestr noRestr This subcommand is used to selectively restrict outgoing calls.

NoRestriction - Outgoing calls are not restricted, but their acceptance is subject to the restrictions of the called number.

ClosedUserGroupCall - Outgoing calls can be sent only by users belonging to the group speci-fied by the closed user group subcommand.

CheckRestrictionClassCode - Outgoing calls are restricted to destinations whose user group number matches the caller’s.

bothCUGandRCCCall - Outgoing calls are re-stricted to destinations whose user group number matches the caller’s group number and whose class number is equal to or lower than the caller’s class number.

InhibitAll - All outgoing calls are inhibited.

restrictionClass 0 Operates with the incoming and outgoing call re-striction subcommands, and is used to restrict calls to all but a select class of users.

For RestrictionClass, select a number between 1 and 255. Only the users belonging to this class number will be able to call an extension number or receive a call from another extension number, if re-stricted. If you select 0, the call restrictions do not apply to any class.

txPriority 11 Defines which data type will be transmitted first when there are different data types waiting for transmission.

5-29


Parameters Use

disconnect Disconnects an existing connection

loopbackTest Starts a loopback test.

terminateTest Stops a loopback test.

forceConnect. Not used.

reRegisterPhoneNum This action must be performed if your system uses NAC/NAS for resolving network address locations.

5-30

em

Utility Verbs 6Utility verbs function as tools for navigating into and out of the CLI and for testing systconditions.

• confirm

• download

• logout

• ping

• reset

• save

• upload

6-1

Utility VerbsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

which

ing

cause nd the

change

confirm rollback

Use this command to prevent the device from resetting to the configuration data or code was working before changes were made.

Rollback is a service whose primary function is to prevent the device from becoming unreachable from the rest of the network because of new configuration or code, includdelete functions. It can be enabled or disabled, and is disabled by default.

When rollback is enabled and a code or configuration bank change occurs, rollback will the device to enable the timer after a reboot. Once the reboot occurs, the timer begins auser must confirm the rollback with the command confirm rollback confirm .

download

Used to download software from a host device to the access devoce. Used to update orexisting software.

logout

Logs out of the CLI.

ping

Used to poll any remote unit with an IP address.

Command Description

base image Specify the host IP address and the remote file name con-taining the code to be downloaded to the ethernet base module.

t1e1 Downloads code to the T1/E1 card.

voice Downloads code to the voice modules.

voiceallchannels Downloads code to all channels on the voice modules.

voicechannels Downloads code to the specified voice channel on the des-ignated voice module.

6-2

Utility Verbs Passport 4400 CLI Reference

upon

reset

Reset allows startup with the currently configured parameters or with the factory defaultsreset.

reset counters When used with counters, reset clears the counters maintained by the device.

reset counters t1e1 statistics clearResets the values in the T1/E1 statistics table.

reset system

reset system voice

Parameters Defined

cpu reset Restarts the CPU without running power-up diagnostics or reloading configuration information.

current reset Restarts the current configuration of the system. Also known as a warm start.

default reset Restarts the system with factory settings. Also known as a cold start.

nac cache allLearntEntries Resets to zero all cache entries that were resolved by a server.

rsi allEntries Resets to zero the counters in the baseRSICounterRe-setCMd table.

t1e1 Resets the T1/E1 access module on the access device.

Parameters Defined

allChannels Resets the digital signal processor of all voice/fax chan-nels.

channels Resets the digital signal processor of the specified voice/fax channel.

CardNumber specifies the location of the voice/fax card holding the channel to be reset.

ChannelNuumber specifies the channel number within the selected card, ranging from 1 to 12.

Action - enter reset.

6-3

Utility VerbsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

rage. the new

save configuration update

The save command is used to save a parameter value modified by using the add, define or set command. The value is saved by being placed into the configuration Flash PROM for stoOnce a set value has been saved and the system is reset, the system will boot up with value enabled.

upload

The upload command is used to transfer command data to a specified location.

upload base config defaultUploads command data to the default IP address.

upload base config specificUploads command data to the specified IP address.

<ServerIPAddress> : IPAddress

<RemoteFileName> : "STRING" (1..50)

6-4

ers.

d ally t the

the e.

rily in

Show Commands 7Using Show

The show verb displays values for operational and configuration parameters and countShow is for display purposes only. It does not change or affect the system settings.

Entry and TableFunctions beginning with show display configuration values, table values, counters another statistics. Many of the commands present the option of displaying values individuor together in a table. This option is available wherever enter and table are displayed aCLI prompt. To choose the table format, type table at the end of the command line. To display values individually, type entry at the end of the command line. When entry is used, CLI will prompt for more information such as an index number or an IP address. Onceinformation has been entered, CLI will display the information for the specified instancThe following is a CLI command line where entry and table are displayed.

CLI> show wan parameter port

entrytable

Configured and OperationalSome show commands offer a choice between configured and operational settings. Configured refers to attributes that have been entered via the CLI but are not necessause by the device. Operational refers to attributes that are currently in use the device.

The following example illustrates the difference between configured and operational settings.

show bridge global

IPProtocol : bridged (operational)

: bridged (configured)

Now switch the IPProtocol to routed mode.

define bridge global ipProtocol routed

Command Successful

show bridge global

IPProtocol : bridged (operational)

: routed (configured)

Though the IP protocol has now been configured as routed, the Passport 4400 is still operating as a bridge.

7-1

Show CommandsPassport 4400 CLI Reference

Upon resetting, the Passport 4400 loads the configured option (routing) into its operational (active) settings.

reset system current reset

show bridge global

IPProtocol : routed (operational)


Here is a list of services available for use with show.

• arp• bridge• csu• ethernet• filters• fr• gcm• icmp• ip• ipx• isdn• msm• nac• nas• port• rsi• snmp• system• tcp• tftp• tm• traps• t1e1• udp• voice• wan

7-2

Show Commands Passport 4400 CLI Reference

ingle

show arpShows the arp table values for the DLCI protocol. Use table to show all indices. For a sindex, specify the IfIndex and network address.

Uses <<atTable>> in the mcmrfc1213 MIB.


<NetAddress> : IPAddress

show bridgeShows system values for the following bridge features.

• base• basic• etypeFilter• forwarding• global• macFilter• misc• parameters• sapFilter• spanningTree• transparent

show bridge base port configuredShows the parameters for the IP being bridged or routed for each IfIndex.

Uses <<nvmBrgConfPortTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

IfIndex :

Type :

Status :

Priority :

PathCost :

MACFilter

EtypeFilter

SapFilter

MACFilterType

EtypeFilterType

SapFilterType

7-3


show bridge base port operationalShows the parameters for the IP being bridged or routed for each IfIndex.

Uses <<mcmBrgConfPortTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

IfIndex IfIndex that is affected by the following filters. This is the selection criteria for an entry listing.

Type The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are ethernet, wan, frame relay and internet.

Status Status of the port as enabled or disabled.

Priority Port priority contained in the first octet of the Port ID. The port ID is composed of the priority and the IfIndex of the port. It is used with spanning tree information.

PathCost The path cost added to any path that includes this port.

MACFilter These three filters are associated with the bridging mode. Their default is disabled.

EtypeFilter

SapFilter

MACFilterType These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to inclusive or exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the selected information. Filters set to exclusive filter out everything except the selected information.

EtypeFilterType

SapFilterType

IfIndex : 1

ProtocolPointAccess : 0

Type : ethernet

MACFilter : disabled

EtypeFilter : disabled

SapFilter : disabled

MACFilterType : inclusive

EtypeFilterType : inclusive

SapFilterType : inclusive

IfIndex IfIndex that is affected by the following filters. This is the selection criteria for an entry listing.

ProtocolPointAccess The protocol point of access to this IfIndex.

Type The type of interface this port is attached to. Valid choices are ethernet, wan, frame relay and internet.

Status Status of the port as enabled or disabled.

Priority Port priority contained in the first octet of the Port ID. The port ID is composed of the priority and the IfIndex of the port. It is used with spanning tree information.

7-4


7-5

show bridge basic port entry/tableShows bridge management information.

show bridge etypeFilter configured/operational entry/tableShows port-specific information for the access device E-type Filter.

Uses <<nvmBrgEtFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

PathCost The path cost added to any path that includes this port.

MACFilter These three filters are associated with the bridging mode. Their default is disabled.

EtypeFilter

SapFilter

MACFilterType These three objects indicate whether the filter is set to inclusive or exclusive. Filters set to inclusive filter out the selected information. Filters set to exclusive filter out everything except the selected information.

EtypeFilterType

SapFilterType

Port : 1

IfIndex : 1

PortCircuit : 0.0.0

DelayExDiscards : 0

MtuExDiscards : 0

port The number of the port containing this bridge management information.

IfIndex The IfIndex for this port.

PortCircuit An instance unique to this port when this port has the same value as another port on the same bridge. When this port has a unique value, this object shows a value of 0.

DelayExDiscards The number of frames discarded by this port due to excessive transit delay through the bridge.

MtuExDiscards The number of frames discarded by this port due to an excessive size.

PortIndex Index for the port.

FilterNumber Filter number associated with the port.

FilterStatus Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or as a range of e-types.

FilterEType The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when FilterStatus is singular.


This te a

7-6

show bridge forward entry/tableThe bridge has forwarding or filtering information about the unicast entries shown here.information is used by the transparent bridging function in determining how to propagareceived frame.

Uses <<dot1dTpFdbTable>> in the mcmrfc1493 MIB.

show bridge globalShows the parameters set by the global parameter group and their status.

Uses <<BridgeGlobalParamGroup>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

UpperRange The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is between 1536 - 65535.

LowerRange The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. Range is between 1536 - 65535.

Address Port Status

00:60:38:05:01:6 1 self

address A unicast MAC address.

port A frame having a specified source address was seen on the port identified here. A value of '0' indicates that this port number has not been learned but that the bridge does have some information about this address.

status Status of this entry.

• invalid - this entry is no longer valid.

• other - some wrong criteria was used to determine how frames addressed to the the corresponding instance are forwarded.

• learned - the value of the corresponding instance was learned and is being used.

• mgmt - the value of the corresponding instance is also a value of this address.

• self - the value of the corresponding instance represents one of the bridge’s addresses.

IPProtocol : routed (operational)


SpanningTree : enabled (operational)

: enabled (configured)

ArpSpoofing : disabled (operational)

: disabled (configured)


and

show bridge macFilter configured/operational entry/tableShows port specific information about the access device’s MAC filter including source destination.

Uses <<BrgMacFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

show bridge miscShows current status of the miscellaneous bridge parameters listed here.

Uses <<BrgMiscParamGroup>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

AgingTime : 300 (operational)

: 300 (configured)

IP Protocol IP is shown as being bridged or routed.

SpanningTree Shows the current state of the spanning tree algorithm on the access device.

ArpSpoofing IP-ARP spoofing -when enabled,allows the access device to intercept most ARP bcasts and handle them locally.

AgingTime Aging time in seconds for dynamically learned devices in the forwarding table.



DebugStatus : disabled (operational)


SpanDebugStatus : disabled (operational)


SpoofCacheAge : 300 (operational)

: 300 (configured)

SpoofThresholdAge : 15 (operational)

: 15 (configured)

SpoofThreshold : 5 (operational)

: 5 (configured)

DebugStatus The access device’s capability to debug some bridge status. Shown as enabled or disabled.

SpanDebugStatus The access device’s capability to debug the spanning tree algorithm. Shown as enabled or disabled.

7-7


ters.

show bridge parametersShows the current status of the bridge system parameters.

Uses <<Dog1dBase>> in the rfc1493 MIB.

show bridge sapFilter configured/operational entry/tableShows information maintained by each access device port about the SAPfilter parame

Uses <<nvmBrgSapFilterTable>> in the mcmbrg MIB.

SpoofCacheAge The aging time for entries in the ARP spoof cache table to make room for active entries. Shown in seconds, range (60..1800).

SpoofThresholdAge The aging time for the ARP spoofcache threshold. Shown in seconds, range (60 .. 1800).

SpoofThreshold The ARP spoof threshold count. Defines the maximum number of consecutive outstanding ARP request per destination node. Range (5..30).

BridgeAddress : 00:60:38:05:01:63

NumOfPorts : 2

Type : transparent_only

BridgeAddress The MAC address used by this bridge when it must be referred to by a unique value.

NumOfPorts The number of ports controlled by this bridging entity.

Type Indicates what type of bridging this bridge can perform. Variables are transparent only, source route and unknown.

FilterPortIndex The port index for this entry.

FilterNumber The filter number associated with this port index.

FilterStatus Indicates whether the filter is specified as a single e-type or as a range of e-types. Variables are singular and range.

FilterEType The singular e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when the value of FilterStatus (above) is singular.

FilterUpperRange The upper range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when the value of FilterStatus (above) is range. Range (0..65535)

FilterLowerRange The lower range of the e-type to be filtered. This object is valid only when the value of FilterStatus (above) is range. Range (0..65535)

7-8


panning

7-9

show bridge spanningTree parametersShows spanning tree parameter values when the access device is set to support the stree protocol.

Uses <<dot1dStp>> in the rfc1493 MIB.

ProtocolSpec : ieee8021d (operational)

Priority : 32768 (operational)

: 32768 (configured)

TimeSinceTopChang : 00Years 000Days 00:01:29 (operational)

TopologyChanges : 0 (operational)

DesignatedRoot : 80:00:00:60:38:05:01:63 (operational)

RootCost : 128 (operational)

RootPort : 0 (operational)

MaxAge : 2000 (operational)

HelloTime : 200 (operational)

HoldTime : 100 (operational)

ForwardDelay : 1500 (operational)

MaxAge : 2000 (operational)

: 2000 (configured)

HelloTime : 200 (operational)

: 200 (configured)

FwdDelay : 1500 (operational)

: 1500 (configured)

ProtocolSpec Shows the version of the spanning tree protocol.

• decLb100 indicates the DEC LANbridge 100 spanning tree protocol.

• ieee8021d indicates the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol

Priority The first two octets of the 8 octet bridge ID. Range (0..65545)

TimeSinceTopChange The time (in hundredths of a second) since the last topology change was detected by the bridge entity.

TopologyChanges The total number of topology changes detected by this bridge since the management entity was last reset or initialized.

DesignatedRoot The bridge identifier of the root of the spanning tree as deter-mined by protocol of this access device. This value is used as the root identifier parameter in all configuration bridge PDUs originated by this node.

RootCost The cost of the path to the root as seen from this bridge.


show bridge spanningtree port entry/tableShows port-specific information about the spanning tree protocol.

Uses <<dot1dStpPortTable>> in the rfc1493 MIB.

RootPort The port number of the port which offers the lowest cost path from this bridge to the root bridge.

MaxAge The maximum age of spanning tree protocol information learned from the network on any port before it is discarded. Units are hundredths of a second.

HelloTime The amount of time between the transmission of configuration bridge PDUs by this node. Applies to any port when it is the root of the spanning tree or is trying to become the root. Units are hundredths of a second.

HoldTime The length of time during which no more than two configuation bridge PDUs shall be transmitted by this node. Units are hun-dredths of a second.

ForwardDelay Time value that shows how fast a port changes its spanning state when moving towards the forwarding state. This value determines how long the port stays in each of the listening and learning states, which precede the forwarding state. Units are hundredths of a second.

MaxAge Time value that all bridges use for MaxAge when this bridge is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.

HelloTime Time value that all bridges use for HelloTime when this bridge is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.

FwdDelay Time value that all bridges use for ForwardDelay when this bridge is acting as the root. Units are hundredths of a second.

IfIndex : 1 (operational)

Priority : 128 (operational)

: 128 (configured)

State : forwarding (operational)

Status : enabled (operational)


PathCost : 100 (operational)

: 100 (configured)

DesignatedRoot : 80:00:00:40:c5:10:17:22 (operational)

DesignatedCost : 0 (operational)

DesignatedBridge : 80:00:00:40:c5:10:17:22 (operational)

DesignatedPort : 0 (operational)

FwdTransitions : 1 (operational)

7-10


show bridge transparent parametersShows the current values of the parameters listed here.

Uses <<dot1dTp>> in the rfc1493 MIB.

show bridge transparent port entry/tableShows the current values of the objects listed here for each port.

Uses <<dot1dTpPortTable>> in the rfc1493 MIB.

IfIndex IfIndex for this port.

Priority The value of the priority field. This value is equal to the first oc-tet of the two octet long port ID.

State The current state of this port as defined by the spanning tree protocol.

Status The enabled or disabled status of the port.

PathCost The amount this port adds to the path cost of the spanning tree root. Range (1..65535).

DesignatedRoot The ID of the bridge recorded as the root.

DesignatedCost The path cost of the designated port of the segment connect-ed to this port.

DesignatedBridge ID of the bridge that this port considers sees as the designated bridge for this port segment.

DesignatedPort ID of the port on the eesignated bridge for this port segment.

FwdTransitions The number of times this port has transitioned from the learn-ing state to the forwarding state.

LearnEntryDiscards : 0 AgingTime : 300

LearnEntryDiscards The number of forwarding entries discarded due to a lack of space. If this counter is increasing, the forwarding database is becoming full on a regular basis. If this counter has a signifi-cant value but is not presently increasing the problem has been occurring but is not persistent.

AgingTime The timeout period in seconds for aging out dynamically learned forwarding information.

IfIndex MaxInfo RxFrames TxFrames RxDiscards

1 1530 0 3 0

2 1530 0 133096 0

3 1530 0 0 0

7-11


file.

show csuShows the channel service unit values for the specified line type.

• 56k• e1t1• e1status• t1status

show csu 56KShows the configuration parameters that identify a 56K line with its corresponding pro

• configuration• status

show csu56K configuration entry/tableShows values in the 56K CSU configuration table.

Uses <<mcm56kCsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.


MaxInfo The maximum size of the "Info" field (non-MAC) that this port will receive or transmit.

RxFrames The number of frames that have been received by this port from its segment.

TxFrames The number of frames that have bee transmitted by this port to its segment.

RxDiscards The number of valid frames received that were discarded (fil-tered) by the forwarding process.

IfIndex The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.

OperatingMode Shows the 56K CSU operating mode.

• dds-pri-4Wire-56k

• dds-sc-WithSecondaryChannel-72k

• cc-64k-ClearChannel-64k

• dds-pri-2Wire-56k

ClockingSource Indicates the clocking source as internal or external.

7-12


show csu56K status entry/tableShows the 56K CSU status and statistics table

Uses <<6kCsuStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

TxOutOfFrame Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Out-Of-Frame se-quence.

• normal - DDS-PRI mode

• transmit - DDS-SC mode.

TxOutOfService Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Out-Of-Service se-quence.

• normal - DDS-PRI mode

• transmit - DDS-SC mode.

TxControlModeIdle Shows transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle se-quence.

• normalTransmitCondition

• transmitControlModeIdle

ZeroSuppressDisable Shows the 56K CSU zero suppression disable transmit mode.

• normal - Zero Suppression for DDS-PRI mode

• zeroSuppressionDisable - transmission of all zeros for DDS-SC mode.

TxIdle Shows the transmission of the 56K CSU Control Mode Idle se-quence.

• normalTransmitCondition

• transmitControlModeIdle

CSULoopback Shows if the 56K CSU is in a loopback mode.

• normalReceiveCondition

• forceCSUtoLoopback

FilterForceEnable Shows if the 56K CSU has filter forcing enabled or not.

• normalReceiveCondition

• filterForceEnable

FilterForceCntl Shows the 56K CSU filter gain value if filter force is enabled.

IfIndex The IfIndex value of the specifc 56K CSU entry.

LineStatus Shows the 56K CSU line status. Variables are operational, linkdown and testMode.

7-13


.

7-14

show csu e1t1Shows the configuration parameters that identify a t1 line with its corresponding profile

• configuration• controlRegister

show csu e1t1 configuration (entry/table)Shows the T1/E1 CSU Configuration table.

Uses <<mxmT1E1CsuCfgTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

These values are set with the set csu e1t1 command as described in Chapter 5 of this manual.

RxLossofSignal Shows if the 56K CSU receiver has lost signal. Variables are yes and no.

FAWSync Shows the 56K CSU DDS FAW Sync in DDS-SC or CC-64K. Variables are yes and no.

LoopPresent Shows if the 56K CSU loop is currently present. Variables are yes and no.

InsertLossLingLength Shows the 56 CSU receiver Insertion loss (iL) in db, and Line Length (LL) in kilometers.

RxSignalMag Shows the 56K CSU receive signal magnitude expressed as the 'receiver slicer level'.

InvalidBPVCounts Shows the 56K CSU invalid BPV (Bipolar Violation) count. Note that this is an 8-bit counter.


IfIndex IfIndex value for this entry.

LineType Line type as T1 CSU or E1 CSU.

LineSpeed Current line speed.

LineBuildout Cable length attached to the local line.

TxIdleCode Transmit idle code.

TxRxClkSource Shows the transmit clocking source as internal or external.

DS0BasicRate Shows the line speed as a multiple of the specified basic rate.

LocalLoopback Shows the local loopback feature as enabled or disabled.

RemoteLoopback Shows the remote loopback feature as enabled or disabled.

FramerLoopback Shows the framer loopback feature as enabled or disabled.

TrapEnable Shows whether CSU traps are enabled or disabled.


cified

show csu e1t1 controlRegister (entry/table)Shows the T1/E1 CSU control status parameters for registers 1 through 10 for the speIfIndex.

Uses <<T1E1 CsuCntl1RegStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

FrameFmt Shows frame format for the T1 CSU line. This value is not used for E1.

• D4 - AKA superframe. Framing type used on T1 circuits. SF consists of 12 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit providing error checking.

• ESF - extended super frame. Framing type used on T1 circuits that consists of 24 frames of 192 bits each with the 193rd bit providing timing. An enhanced version of D4.

TxRx0CodeSuppress Shows 8-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.

TxB7ZeroSuppress Shows 7-bit zero code suppression as enabled or disabled.

PayloadLoopback Shows the payload T1 CSU loopback. as enabled or disabled. The payload loopback is used to set up a loopback on the local node to support testing ports on another node. The incoming payload is looped back out of the function processor. During the test, the physical level frames are terminated and the pay-load data is looped over the link controller device.The payload loopback is not a test, and does not produce test results for the local node.

TransmitLoopUp Shows the T1 CSU transmit loop up as enabled or disabled.

TransmitLoopDown Shows the T1 CSU transmit loop down as enabled or disabled.

TxRxHDB3 Shows the E1 CSU HDB3 as enabled or disabled.

TxRxCRC4 Shows the transmit, receive CRC-4 as enabled or disabled.

DS0Connection Shows the value of the DS0 connection. Valid characters are decimals, digits, comma and hyphen. For example 1, 3, 14 means ds0 channel 1, ds0 channel 3 and ds0 channel 14. An-other example, 5-11 means ds0 channel 5 through ds0 chan-nel 11.


IfIndex The T1E1 CSU status interface index value of the specified entry.

StatusCntlReg1 Shows RCR1, the value of Receive Control Register 1 for the specified T1/E1 CSU line type.

StatusCntlReg2 Shows RCR2, the value of Receive Control Register 2 for the specified T1/E1 CSU line type.

7-15


show csu e1status (entry/table)Shows E1 CSU status parameters.

Uses <<E1CsuGenStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

StatusCntlReg3 Shows TCR1, the value of Transmit Control Register 1 for the specified T1/E1 CSU line type.

StatusCntlReg4 Shows TCR2, the value of Transmit Control Register 2 for the specified T1/E1 CSU line type.

StatusCntlReg5 Shows CCR1, the value of Common Control Register 1 for the specified T1/E1 CSU line type.



StatusCntlReg8 For a T1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of the LICR, Line Interface Control Register.

For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR4, Common Control Register 4.

StatusCntlReg9 For an E1 CSU line type, this object shows the value of CCR5, the Common Control Register 5.

For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.

StatusCntlReg10 For an E1 CSU line type, this object indicates the value of LICR,Line Interface Control Register.

For a T1 CSU interface, this object is not used.


IfIndex IfIndex for the specified E1 CSU entry.

LineStatus Shows the status of the E1 CSU line as operational, in test mode or in alarm mode.

RedAlarm Shows the E1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive carrier loss and receive loss of sync.

RemoteAlarm Shows the E1 CSU remote alarm status. Includes both receive remote alarm and receive distant MF alarm.

AISAlarm Shows the E1 CSU AIS Alarm status.

RxCarrierLoss Shows the E1 CSU receive carrier loss status.

RxSyncLoss Shows the E1 CSU receive loss of sync status.

7-16


show csu t1status (entry/table)Shows T1 CSU status parameters.

Uses <<mcmT1CsuGenStatusTable>> in the mcmcsu MIB.

TxElasStrFull Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store full status. Shows that the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer is full and a frame is deleted.

TxElasStrEmpty Shows the E1 CSU transmit elastic store empty status. This in-dicates that the E1 CSU transmit side elastic store buffer emp-ties and a frame is repeated.

RxElasStrFull Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store full status. This indi-cates that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer is full and a frame is deleted.

RxElasStrEmpty Shows the E1 CSU receive elastic store empty status. This in-dicates that the E1 CSU receive side elastic store buffer emp-ties and a frame is repeated.

BpvOrLnCdViolations Shows the number of E1 CSU line code violations. Bipolar vi-olation counts if HDB3 is disabled. Code violation counts if HDB3 is enabled. Note that this is a 16-bit counter.

FASErrors Shows the number of E1 CSU FAS error counts. FAS error counts record word errors in the frame alignment signal in timeslot 0. Note that this is a 12-bit counter.

CRC4Errors Shows the number of E1 CSU CRC4 error counts. This object is only applicable when CRC4 is enabled. Note that this is a 10-bit counter.


IfIndex Shows the T1 CSU general status interface index value of the specified entry.

LineStatus Shows the status of the T1 CSU line as operational, in test mode or in alarm mode.

RedAlarm Shows the T1 CSU red alarm status. Includes both receive carrier loss and receive loss of sync.

YellowAlarm Shows theT1 CSU yellow alarm status.

BlueAlarm Shows theT1 CSU blue alarm status.

RxLevel Shows the T1 CSU line receive level status.

RxElasStrFull Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store full status.

RxElasStrEmpty Shows the T1 CSU receive elastic store empty status.

RxPlsDensViolate Shows the T1 CSU receive pulse density violation status.

TxPlsDensViolate Shows the T CSU transmit pulse density violation status.

7-17


show ethernet statisticsShows the values held in the ethernet statistics table.

Uses <<do3StatsTable>> in the rfc1398 MIB.

RxCarrierLoss Shows the T1 CSU receive carrier loss status.

RxSyncLoss Shows the T1 CSU receive loss of sync status.

LnCdViolations Shows the number of T1 CSU line code violations. Note that this is a 16-bit counter.

RxLoopUpCdDetect Shows the T1 CSU receive loop up code status.

RxLoopDnCdDetect Shows the T1 CSU receive loop down code status.

IfIndex : 1

AlignmentErrors : 0

FCSErrors : 0

SingleCollFrames : 0

MultipleCollFrames : 0

SQETestErrors : 0

TxDeferred : 0

LateCollisions : 0

ExcessiveCollisions : 0

InternalMACTxErrors : 0

CarrierSenseErrors : 266471

FrameTooLongs : 0

RxInternalMACErrors : 0

7-18


show filters ipShows the current status of the IP filters. The IP filters are grouped as shown here.

• fwd• ospf• rip


AlignmentErrors The number of frames received on this interface that do not pass the FCS check. This object is incremented when the alignmentError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC or other MAC user.

FCSErrors The number of frames received on this interface that do not pass the FCS check. This object is incremented when the frameCheckError status is returned by the MAC service to the LLC or other MAC user.

SingleCollFrames The number of successfully transmitted frames on this inter-face for which transmission is inhibited by exactly one colli-sion.

MultipleCollFrames The number of successfully transmitted frames on this inter-face for which transmission is inhibited by more than one collision.

SQETestErrors The number of times that SQE test error message is gener-ated by the PLS sublayer for this interface.

TxDeferred The number of frames for which the first transmission at-tempt on this interface is delayed because the medium is busy. This count does not include frames involved in colli-sions.

LateCollisions The number of times that a collision is detected on this inter-face later than 512 bit-times into the transmission of a pack-et. Five hundred and twelve bit-times corresponds to 51.2 microseconds.

ExcessiveCollisions The number of frames for which transmission on this inter-face fails due to excessive collisions.

InternalMACTxErrors The number of frames for which transmission on this inter-face fails due to an internal MAC sublayer transmit error.

CarrierSenseErrors The number of times that the carrier sense condition was lost or never asserted when attempting to transmit a frame on this interface.

FrameTooLongs The number of frames received on this interface that exceed the maximum permitted frame size.

RxInternalMACErrors A count of frames for which reception on this interface fails due to an internal MAC sublayer receive error.

7-19


7-20

show filters ip fwdShows the status of IP forwarding filters. Specify port to show filters for the active port.Specify system to show filters for the system.

• port• system

show filters ip fwd portSpecify incoming or outgoing filters. These are shown as configured or operational.

show filters ip fwd port incoming configured/operational table

Uses <<nvmIpFwdPortInFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

show filters ip fwd port outgoing configured/operational table

Uses <<nvmIpFdwPortOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

PortNo The port associated with this filter entry.

InFltrMask The source/destination address mask associated with this filter entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.

InFltrAddr The source/destination address associated with this filter entry.

InFltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry.

InFltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.

InFltrScrDst Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be com-pared for filter matching.

InFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.

• forward - forward the IP packet

• discard - discard the IP packet

• invalid - used to delete filter entry

PortNo The port associated with this filter entry.

OutFltrMask The source/destination address mask associated with this filter entry. This provides an IP address range for a match.

OutFltrAddr The source/destination address associated with this filter entry.

OutFltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry.

OutFltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry.


show filters ip fwd system (configured/operational) tableIp forwarding system filter objects are shown as configured or operational.

Uses <<nvmInSysFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

show filters ip ospf (configured/operational) tableShows the status of the "open shortest path first" filters. Specify either configured or operational filters.

Uses <<mcmIpOspfOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

OutFltrScrDst Source or destination IP address in the IP packet to be com-pared for filter matching.

OutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.




FltrDstMask Destination address mask associated with this filter entry. This value is to provide an IP address range for a match.

FltrDstAddr The destination address associated with this filter entry. If the destination address in the IP packet matches this togeth-er with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.

FltrSrcMask The source address mask associated with this filter entry. This is to provide IP address range for a match.

FltrSrcAddr The source address associated with this filter entry. If the source address in the IP packet matches this together with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.

FltrProtId The protocol type associated with this filter entry. If the pro-tocol type in the IP packet matches this together with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.

FltrPortId The TCP/UDP port number associated with this filter entry. If the destination TCP/UDP port number in the IP packet matches this together with other patterns in the filter entry, then the IP packet is filtered.

FltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.




7-21


ay,

show filters ip ripShows the status of the rip filters. Specify whether to show filters provisioned for gatewincoming or outgoing functions.

• gateway• incoming• outgoing

show filters rip gateway (configured/operational) tableShows the status of the rip gateway filters.

Uses <<nvmIpRipGwyFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

show filters rip incoming (configured/operational) tableShows the status of the rip incoming filters.

Uses <<nvmIpRipInFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

OspfOutFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry. This is to provide a network range for a match.

OspfOutFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry.

OspfOutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.

• forward - forward the RIP from the gateway

• discard - discard the RIP from the gateway


RipGwyFltrMask Shows the gateway mask associated with this filter entry. This is to provide a gateway range for a match.

RipGwyFltrAddr The gateway associated with this filter entry.

RipGwyFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.

• forward - process the RIP from the gateway.

• discard - discard the RIP from the gateway.

• invalid - used to delete a filter entry.

RipInFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry. This is to provide a network range for a match.

7-22


try for

show filters rip outgoing (configured/operational) tableShows the status of the rip outgoing filters.

Uses <<nvmIpRipOutFltrTable>> in the mcmfltr MIB.

show frShows frame relay values, parameters and statistics.

• errorUser• line• port• switch• system• tunnel• voice

show fr errorUserShows the table describing errors encountered on each frame relay interface. One eneach physical interface is shown.

Uses <<frErrTable>> in the rfc1315 MIB.

RipInFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes in the incoming RIP which match the specific address will be filtered.

RipInFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.

• forward - process the routing entry in the incoming RIP.

• discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.


RipOutFltrMask Shows the network mask associated with this filter entry. This is to provide a network range for a match.

RipOutFltrAddr The network address associated with this filter entry. Routes in the outgoing RIP with this address will be filtered.

RipOutFltrAction Action to be taken in case of a match.

• forward - advertise the route in case of a match.

• discard - suppress the entry in case of a match.


IfIndex : 11

Type : noErrorSinceReset

Data : " "

Time : 00Years 000Days 00:00:00

7-23


les

show fr lineShows parameters that determine the physical frame relay connections.

• network• user

show fr line networkShows characteristics of the physical ports that are used for frame relay pass-throughoperation. The following options are displayed when the show fr line network command is entered.

• proprietaryService• pvcSignaling• rfc1604Service

For each of these options, you can view configured or operational parameters. The tabbelow contains only the first IfIndex entry in each table.

show fr line network proprietaryService (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrService ParamTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the specified port.

Type Shows the last error seen on this interfacesince bootup. This error is not maintained between bootups.)

Data Shows an octet string containing as much of the error pack-et as possible. As a minimum, it will contain the Q.922 ad-dress or as much as was delivered.

Time Shows the sysUpTime value at the time the error was de-tected.

IfIndex : 162

FlowControl : disabled

InfoRateAdjInterval : 1

ConsecutiveFrames : 10

RateEnforcement : disabled

MaxTxFrameSize : 1604

MaxRxFrameSize : 1604

TxBc : 0

RxBc : 0

TxBe : 0

RxBe : 0

TxThroughput : 0

7-24


show fr line network pvcSignaling (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrMgtVCSignalTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.

RxThroughtput : 0

PVCLMIStatus : up

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local physical interface.

FlowControl The flow control for outbound data — enabled or disabled.

InfoRateAdjInterval The time interval used to increase or decrease the transmission rate, depending on the number of frames received with the FECN (forward explicit congestion notification) bit either cleared (for increase) or set (for decrease).

ConsecutiveFrames The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN (backward explicit congestion notification) bit set before reduction of the transmit rate.

RateEnforcement Shows the rate enforcement parameter for frame relay congestion management processing to enabled or disabled.

MaxTxFrameSize The maximum transmission frame relay packet size (in bytes) for this logical port.

MaxRxFrameSize The maximum receive frame relay packet size (in bytes) for this logical port.

TxBc The transmission committed burst size (in bits per sec). for this logical port.

RxBc The receive committed burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.

TxBe The transmission excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.

RxBe The receive excess burst size (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.

TxThroughput The transmission committed information rate (CIR) (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.

RxThroughput The receive committed information rate (CIR) (in bits per sec.) for this logical port.

PVCLMIStatus The status of the PVC local management interface (LMI) — up or down.

IfIndex : 161

Procedure : u2net

NetN392 : 3

NetN393 : 3

7-25


show fr line network rfc1604Service (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrLportTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.

NetN392 : 15

NetLinkRelErrors : 6

NetProtocolErrors : 0

NetChannelInactive : 0

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay DCE interface.

Procedure The local in-channel signaling procedure that is used for this logical port. Valid values are u2nnet and bi-direct.

NetN392 The network-side N392 error threshold value for this logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName .

NetN393 The network-side N393 monitored events count value for this logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName .

NetT392 The network-side T392 polling verification timer value for this logical port. This applies to Q.933 Annex A, T1.617 Annex D, and LMI. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName .

NetLinkRelErrors The number of network-side local in-channel signaling link reliability errors for this logical port. These errors are indicated by non-receipt of Status/Status Enquiry messages or invalid sequence numbers in a Link Integrity Verification Information Element. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName .

NetProtocolErrors The number of network-side local in-channel signaling protocol errors for this logical port. Types include protocol discriminator, message type, call reference, and mandatory information element errors. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName.

NetChannelInactive The number of times the network-side channel was declared inactive. If this logical port is not performing network-side procedures, this field will display noSuchName .

IfIndex : 161

NumberPlan : none

PortType : uni

AddressLength : twoOctets10Bits

VcSignalProtocol : ansiT1617-D-1994

7-26


tions

show fr line userShows LMI parameters, performance statistics and other characteristics of the connecbetween the device and the ILS core router service on the frame relay switch.

• baseDLCMI• basePVCLMI• baseSVCLMI• dlcmiPVC• dlcmiSVC• mpanlLMI• pvcLMI

show fr line user baseDLCMI configured (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrPhyPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local Frame Relay DCE interface. (ifIndex 161 corresponds to the local DCE interface for Port 1 of Data Expansion Module 1.)

NumberPlan The network address numbering plan for this UNI logical port. Valid responses are x121, e164, other, and none. None implies that there is no ifPhysAddress for this interface. Other indicates that an address has been assigned to this interface, but the numbering plan is not enumerated here.

PortType The type of network interface (UNI or NNI) for this logical port.

AddressLength The Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for this logical port.

VCSignalProtocol The local in-channel signaling protocol used for this logical port.

IfIndex 9

TxInfoRateAdjust : disabled


InfoRateAdjTriggNum : 10

TxThroughput : 64000

RxThroughput : 0

TxMaxFrameSize : 1604

RxMaxFrameSize : 1604

RateEncorcement : Unknown

TxBc : 0

RxBc : 0

7-27


show fr line user baseDLCMI operational (entry/table)Uses <<mcmFrPhyPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

TxBe : 0

RxBe : 0

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex 155 corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)

TxInfoRateAdjust Delta time interval to increase or decrease the transmit rate by monitoring the number of frames received or transmitted with the FECN bit cleared or set.

InfoRateAdjInterval The number of seconds during which received frames are checked to see whether the FECN bit is set or cleared. The transmit rate is adjusted based on the number FECN bits set or cleared during this interval. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 1.

InfoRateAdjTriggNum Number of consecutive frames that must have BECN bit set before reducing transmit rate.

TxThroughput The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.

RxThroughput The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.

TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission FR packet size expressed in bytes.

RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.

RateEnforcement The rate enforcement enabled or disabled parameter for FR congestion management processing.

TxBc The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.

RxBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.

TxBe The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.

RxBe The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.

IfIndex 155

FlowControl disabled


ConsecutiveFrames 10

ConnectTime 00Years 000Days 00:00:00

TxLMI 503228

RxLMI 458300

HeaderErrorRx 0

7-28


InvalidDLCIRx 0

ShortFramesRx 0

LongFramesRx 0

IgnoredFramesRx 0

XIDExpirations 0

TxExpirations 0

PVCLMIStatus up

ActivePanlDlciSvc 0

RxActivations 1

TxDeactivations 1

RxOkAcks 0

RxErrAcks 0

RxUnknowns 0

RxErrors 0

RxOctets 0

TxOctets 0

TxThroughput 64000

RxThroughput 0

TxMaxFrameSize 1604

RxMaxFrameSize 1604

RateEnforcement Unknown

TxBc 0

RsBc 0

TxBe 0

RxBe 0

DataFrames 0

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (IfIndex 155 corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)

FlowControl Indicates whether or not rate enforcement will allow frames exceeding the CIR rate to be discarded during periods of heavy congestion. The default is disabled.

InfoRateAdjInterval The number of seconds during which received frames are checked to see whether the FECN bit is set or cleared. The transmit rate is adjusted based on the number FECN bits set or cleared during this interval. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 1.

7-29


ConsecutiveFrames The number of consecutive frames that will be received with the BECN bit set before the transmit rate is reduced. The range is from 1 to 100 frames. The default is 10.

ConnectTime The value of sysUpTime when this port was created.

TxLMI The number of PVC LMI frames sent on this physical port (DLCI 0).

RxLMI The number of PVC LMI frames received on this physical port (DLCI 0).

HeaderErrorRx The number of frames received with an incomplete or missing address field.

InvalidDLCIRx The number of frames received on an unassigned or invalid DLCI number.

ShortFramesRx The number of short frames received.

LongFramesRx The number of frames that were received that were longer than the WAN MTU size.

IgnoredFramesRx The number of frames received that were ignored (meaning they contained an unknown error).

XIDExpirations The number of XID TM21 timer expirations. (Valid only if MTU negotiation is enabled.)

TxExpirations The status of PVC LMI (up or down).

PVCLMIStatus The number of PVC LMI frames sent on this physical port (DLCI 0).

ActivePanlDlciSVC Number of active PANL DLCI SVCs on this interface.

RxActivations Number of activations received on this interface.

RxDeactivations Number of deactivations received on this interface.

RxOkAcks Number of OK ACK messages received on this interface.

RxErrAcks Number of Error ACK messages received on this interface.

RxUnknowns Number of Unknown messages received on this interface.

RxErrors Number of Error messages received on this interface.

RxOctets Number of data bytes received.

TxOctets Number of data bytes sent.

TxThroughput The transmission CIR expressed in bits/sec.

RxThroughput The receive CIR expressed in bits/sec.

TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission FR packet size expressed in bytes.

7-30


show fr line user basePVCLMI (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrPVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

show fr line user baseSVCLMI (configured/operational) tableUses <<mvmFrSVCPhyTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive FR packet size expressed in bytes.

RateEnforcement The rate enforcement parameter for FR congestion management processing.

TxBc The transmission committed burst size expressed in bits.

RsBc The receive committed burst size expressed in bits.

TxBe The transmission excess burst size expressed in bits.

RxBe The receive excess burst size expressed in bits.

DataFrames Total number of data frames on all assigned DLCIs.

IfIndex : 149

LMIMode : unidte

Bidirectional : false

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay DTE interface. IfIndex 155 corresponds to the frame relay port of the local DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.

LMIMode Indicates whether the local PVC LMI is operating in DTE or DCE mode. The default setting is unidte (unidirectional DTE).

Bidirectional Indicates whether the PVC LMI will send both status inquiries and status reports. The default is false.

IfIndex : 9

Type : q933svc

T303 : 4

T305 : 30

T308 : 4

T310 : 60

MaxNumberOfCalls : 255

MaxTxFrameSize : 0

MaxRxFrameSize : 0

MinDLCI : 16

7-31


MaxDLCI : 991

MinTxThroughput : 0

MinRxThroughput : 0

MaxTxThroughput : 0

MaxRxThroughput : 0

TxBurstSize : 0

RxBurstSize : 0

TxExcessBurstSize : 0

RxExcessBurstSize : 0

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (ifIndex 155 corresponds to the local DTE interface for Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)

Type The type of SVC LMI protocol used on this interface.

T303 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the network before retransmitting the setup message. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 4 seconds.

T305 Determines how long the SVC LMI waits for a response from the network before retransmitting a disconnect message. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.

T308 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a response from the network before retransmitting the release message. When the second Release is transmitted, the local SVC LMI considers the corresponding SVC to have been released by the network even if no response has been received. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 4 seconds.

T310 The length of time in seconds that the SVC LMI will wait for a Connect message from the network, after receiving the Call Proceeding message, before sending a release message. The range is from 1 to 255 seconds. The default is 60 seconds.

MaxNumberOfCalls The maximum number of SVC connections allowed on this link IfIndex. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255.

MaxTxFrameSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted on the primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and the network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value is 0, which indicates that the maximum frame size is determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink or the define msm dtelink ) command.

7-32


MaxRxFrameSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be accepted on the primary frame relay link between the Passport 4400 and the network. The range is from 0 to 4096. The default value is 0, which indicates that the maximum frame size is determined by the MPANL configuration (add msm dtelink or the define msm dtelink ) command.

MinDLCI The smallest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport 4400. The range is from 16 to 991. The default is 16.

MaxDLCI The highest DLCI number allowed for an SVC on the Passport 4400. The range is from 17 to 991. The default is 991.

MinTxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network will determine the data rate.

MinRxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with maxRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network will determine the data rate.

MaxTxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with maxTxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that, the network will determine the data rate.

MaxRxThroughput Unless negotiated at connect time, this data rate in bits per second (bps) is used along with minRxThroughput to negotiate with the remote end during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that, the network will determine the data rate.

TxBurstSize The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to transmit over the period of one second. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will determine the transmit burst size.

RxBurstSize The burst size (Bc) in bytes that the network is committed to receive over the period of one second. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will determine the receive burst size.

TxExcessBurstSize The uncommitted transmit burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will determine the excess burst size.

RxExcessBurstSize The uncommitted receive burst size (Be) in bytes. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default will determine the excess burst size.

7-33


show fr line user dlcmiPVC (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

show fr line user dlcmiSVC status (entry/table)Uses <<mdmFrDlcmiSVCStatusTable>> in the mcmfr MIB

IfIndex : 155

LMIType : noLMIConfigured

AddressType : q922Standard

AddressLength : twoOctets

NumberOfPorts : 255

Multicast : nonBroadcast

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (ifIndex 155 corresponds to the frame relay portion of the local DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)

LMIType The type of PVC LMI active on this interface. The PVC LMI selected must be compatible with the active network PVC LMI. Valid values are lmi, itut933A (Q933 Annex A), ansiT1617D 1994 (ANSI T1.617a - 1994 Annex D), and noLmiConfigured. A value of noLmiConfigured indicates that no LMI is used. PVC and DLCIs can still be configured.

AddressType Identifies which address format is in use on the frame relay interface. Valid values are q921 (13-bit DLCI), q922March90 (11-bit DLCI), q922November 90 (10-bit DLCI), and q922Standard. This value must match the address format used by the network.

AddressLength Identifies the Q.922 address field length and DLCI length for this UNI logical port. Value is given in octets.

NumberOfPorts Maximum number of PVC DLCIs that may exist on this line IfIndex.

Multicast Indicates whether or not the frame relay interface is using a multicast service. NonBroadcast indicates no multicast. Broadcast indicates multicast service is used.

StatusIfIndex : INTEGER

DLci : INTEGER

AddressType : q922Standard

7-34


.

.

show fr line user mpanlLMIShows frame relay mpanl service information as follows.

• circuitStat• circuitStatus• netLink• netLinkStat• netLinkStatus• parameters• service• statistics

show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStat (entry/table)Shows SVC circuit statistics. Uses <<mcmMLMICircuitStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB

show fr line user mpanlLMI circuitStatus (entry/table)Shows SVC circuit status. Uses <<mcmMLMICircuitStatusTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB

StatusIfIndex The IfIndex value associated with the netlink.

DLci The SVC DLCI number associated with the netlink.

AddressType This variable states which addressformat is in use on the Frame Relay interface. This value must match the address format used by the network

<IfIndex> : INTEGER

<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the specified circuit statistics table.

SVCDLCI Shows the Data link Connection Identifier(DLCI) for the specified SVC.

MsgRxStatus The number of status messages received on this SVC.

MsgTxStatus The number of setup messages transmitted on this SVC.

MsgRxStatusInq The number of status inquiries received on this SVC.

MsgTxStatusInq The number of status inquiries transmitted on this SVC.

<IfIndex> : INTEGER

<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER

IfIndex The IfIndex value for this circuit.

SVCDLCI The Data link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.

7-35


show fr line user mpanlLMI netLink (configured/operational) (entry/table) Uses <<mcmMLMINetlinkTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

RejectCause Shows the cause for this SVC being rejected.

SVCType Shows the type of SVC. Types include rfc 1490, voice, switched, rfc 1490 switched and rsi.

AttriSetupPriority Shows the attribute setup priority for this SVC. The lower numbers indicate higher priority.

AttriHoldPriority Shows the attribute holding priority for this SVC. The lower numbers indicate higher priority.

AttriDiscardPriority Shows the attribute discard priority for this SVC. The lower numbers indicate higher priority.

ClaimedBandWidth The required bandwidth in byte for the SVC call.

QoSTxThrput The transmit throughput granted. Shown in bytes.

QoSRxThrput The receive throughput granted. Shown in bytes.

QoSTxBrstSizGrntd The transmit burst size granted. Shown in bytes.

QoSRxBrstSizGrntd The receive burst size granted. Shown in bytes.

QoSTxExRateGrntd The transmit excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.

QoSRxExRateGrntd The receive excess rate granted. Shown in bytes.

PeerDLCI The DLCI number at the other side of this connection.

PeerNetwork The number of the network at the other side of this connection.

CallingDNA The calling DNA number associated with the Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.

CalledDNA The called DNA number associated with the Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) for this SVC.

IfIndex : 149

TunnelingPVCDlci : 16

MpanlMode : dte

DLCIAssignMethod : increment

RstartT316Timer : 5

RstrtAckT317Timer : 5

NumUnsRstrtAtmpts : 5

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for this network link.

TunnelingPVCDlci The DLCI associated with the tunneling PVC.

MpanlMode The PANL port mode. Shows DTE or DCE.

7-36


show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStat (entry/table)Uses <<mcmMLMINetlinkStatTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

DLCIAssignMethod The DLCI assignment method, shows increment or decrement. This value is shown only with the DTE mode.

RstartT316Timer Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Message is restarted.

RstrtAckT317Timer Shows the time in seconds of when the Q.933 Ack Message is restarted.

NumUnsRstrtAtmpts Shows the number of unsuccessful restart attempts.

IfIndex : 149

RxMsgSetup : 0

TxMsgSetup : 0

RxMsgCallProceeding : 0

TxMstCallProceeding : 0

RxMsgConnect : 0

TxMstConnect : 0

RxMsgDisConnect : 0

TxMstDisConnect : 0

RxMsgRelease : 0

TxMstRelease : 0

RxMsgReleaseComp : 0

TxMstReleaseComp : 0

RxMsgStatusInquery : 0

TxMstStatusInquery : 0

RxMsgStatus : 0

TxMstStatus : 0

LocalSVC : 0

TransitSVC : 0

VoiceCalls : 0

LanCalls : 0

RsiCalls : 0

SpvcCalls : 0

LinkUpCounter : 2

LinkDownCounter : 2

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex of the netlink statistics table.

RxMsgSetup The number of setup messages received.

7-37


7-38

show fr line user mpanlLMI netLinkStatus (entry/table)

TxMsgSetup The number of setup messages transmitted.

RxMsgCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages received.

TxMstCallProceeding The number of call proceeding messages transmitted.

RxMsgConnect The number of connect messages received.

TxMstConnect The number of connect messages transmitted.

RxMsgDisConnect The number of disconnect messages received.

TxMstDisConnect The number of disconnect messages transmitted.

RxMsgRelease The number of release messages received.

TxMstRelease The number of release messages transmitted.

RxMsgReleaseComp The number of release complete messages received.

TxMstReleaseComp The number of release complete messages transmitted.

RxMsgStatusInquery The number of status inquiry messages received.

TxMstStatusInquery The number of status inquiry messages transmitted.

RxMsgStatus The number of status requests received.

TxMstStatus The number of status requests received.

LocalSVC The number of local SVCs.

TransitSVC The number of transit SVCs.

VoiceCalls The number of voice calls on this link.

LanCalls The number of LAN calls on this link.

RsiCalls The number of RSI calls on this link.

SpvcCalls The number of SVC calls on this link.

LinkUpCounter The number of times the LMI came up.

LinkDownCounter The number of times the LMI went down.

IfIndex LMIStatus RestartState LAPFState FrCoreState

149 down none up up

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex for the netlink status table.

LMIStatus Shows the LMI link status for both DTE and DCE.

RestartState The Q.933 link recovery restart states. These are none, restartRequestSent and restartRequestReceived.


ion

show fr line user mpanlLMI parametersShows the type of base unit where the mpanl lmi is provisioned and the software revisnumber.

Uses <<mcmMLMIGenCfgSoftwareRev>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

show fr line user mpanlLMI service (configured/operational) (entry/table)Tables similar to the following are shown for each index.

Uses <<nvmMLMIServiceTable>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

show fr line user mpanl statisticsUses <<mlmistatistics>> in the mcmlmi MIB.

LAPFState The LAPF state as seen by MLMI. States are up or down.

FrCoreState The frame relay core state as seen by MLMI.

SoftwareRev : "MLMIswRev1.00"

ServiceIndex : 1

CUGFacility : noCUG

CUGAccess : noRight

CUGICType : national

CUGIC : " "

DNASuffix : "100"

ServiceIndex An index number for the MPANL service designated by the DNA suffix field.

CUGFacility Options are noCUG (the default), SimpleCUG, and CUGSelection.

CUGAccess Determines the subscribed Closed User Group access rights. Options are noRight (the default), outgoingAccess, incomingAccess, and outAndinAccess.

CUGICType Determines the CUG interlock code type. Options are national (the default) and international.

CUGIC A quoted string of up to 5 digits, determined at subscription time.

DNASuffix A quoted string of up to 3 digits that identifies the MPANL service. 100 = LAN traffic; 101 = NMS traffic; 200 = voice; 3XX = FRDCE/HTDS; 500 = RSA/RSI.

7-39


7-40

show fr line user pvcLMI (configured/operational) (entry/table)A table similar to the following is displayed.

Uses <<nvmFrDlcmiTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

ActiveVCs : 0 RequestedCalls : 0

InitiatedCalls : 0 FailedCalls : 0

SucceededCalls : 0 ReleasedCalls : 0

DisconnectedCalls : 0 AdmittedCUGs : 0

RejectedCUGs : 0

ActiveVCs Number of active virtual circuits maintained by the MPANL LMI.

RequestedCalls The number of Connect requests received by the MPANL LMI from the upper layer applications on this Passport 4400.

InitiatedCalls The number of calls this device has initiated.

FailedCalls The number of calls failed, either incoming or outgoing, for this device.

SucceededCalls The number of calls succeeded, either incoming or outgoing, for this device.

ReleasedCalls The number of calls released by this device or by the network.

DisconnectedCalls The number of Disconnect requests received by the MPANL LMI from upper layer applications on this device.

AdmittedCUGs The number of calls admitted whose setup messages had the correct CUG.

RejectedCUGs The number of calls rejected whose setup messages had the wrong CUG.

IfIndex : 9

T3911 : 0

N391 : 6

N392 : 3

N393 : 3

IfIndex The ifIndex of the local frame relay interface. (ifIndex 155 corresponds to the local frame relay portion of the DTE interface at Port 2 of the Ethernet Base Module.)

T391 The number of seconds between successive status inquiry messages. The range is from 5 to 30 seconds. The default is 10 seconds.


show fr portShows frame relay port values, parameters and statistics.

• pvcLANData• spvcLANData• svcLANData• virtualPort

show fr port pvcLANData

show fr port pvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<frCircuitTable>> in the rfc1315 MIB.

N391 The number of status inquiry intervals that pass before a full status inquiry message is sent. (Every nth status inquiry will be a full status inquiry.) The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 6.

N392 The maximum number of unanswered status enquiries that will be accepted before the LMI is declared down. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3.

N393 The number of status polling intervals over which the error threshold is counted. The default is 3.


<DLCI> : INTEGER (19..991)

IfIndex The IfIndex for the interface on this PVC.

DLCI The local DLCI for this PVC.

CircuitState Shows the state of this PVC (active or inactive). Only the configured PVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned PVCs will be deleted while the PVC LMI is reporting them as active.

ReceivedFECNs Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding DLCI with the forward congestion bit set.

ReceivedBECNs Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding DLCI with the backward congestion bit set.

SentFrames Number of frame relay packets sent on the corresponding PVC since this counte was last reset.

SentOctets Number of bytes sent on the corresponding PVC since this coutner was last reset.

ReceivedFrames Number of frame relay packets received on the corresponding PVC since this counter was last reset.

7-41


show fr port pvcLANData netlinkMap (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrNetlinkMapTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

show fr port spvcLANData• base• circuit

show fr port spvcLANData base spvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmFrLANSpvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

ReceivedOctets Number of bytes received on the corresponding PVC since this counter was last reset initiated by a user.

CreationTime The sysUpTime when the PVC was created either at bootup time or when the PVC was learned from the DCE through the PVC LMI.

LastTimeChange The sysUpTime of the last status change in the PVC. For learned PVCs, the PVC last time change should be equal to the PVC creation time.

CommittedBurst The maximum rate at which the network agrees to transfer under normal (non-congested) conditions. Expressed in bits per second. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service provider.

ExcessBurst The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the frame relay network will attempt to deliver. Expressed in bits per second. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service provider.

Throughput The average number of 'Frame Relay Information Field' bits transferred per second across a physical frame relay interface. For PVCs, this value is pre-arranged with the network service provider


<NetLinkIfIndex> : INTEGER (1..255)

VPIfIndex Virtual port IfIndex associated with this netlink (Tunnel PVC).

NetlinkIfIndex Netlink (Tunnel PVC) IfIndex associated with the specified virtual port.)

RowStatus Shows the status of the existing rows in this virtual port to the netlink mapping table.

VirtualPortIfIndex : 4

RemoteNetDLCI : 241

7-42


show fr port spvcLANData base svc (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrLANSpvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

ConnectId : 1

SVCDNA : "[x121]3021811397299"

SVCDLCI : 17

SVCIfIndex : 155

VirtualPortState : active

SVCUserState : active

ConnectType : master

LastChange : 99

LastTimeDiscReason : local-VP-is-down

VirtualPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the local virtual port.

RemoteNetDLCI The DLCI value on the remote DCE interface.

ConnectId The connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Assigned internally by thedevice. Unique for each SPVC generated on the device (frame relay DCE and LAN).

SVCDNA The DNA for the remote node of this SPVC.

SVCDLCI The local DLCI for this SPVC.

SVCIfIndex The ifIndex number for this SPVC connection.

VirtualPortState Indicates whether the local virtual port is active or inactive.

SVCUserState Indicates whether the local DCE considers the SPVC associated with this mapping active (up) or inactive (down).

ConnectType Indicates whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated or received the SPVC call. Master indicates that this end will initiate the call; Slave indicates that this end will receive the call.

LastChange The MIB II sysUpTime value in time ticks at the time this SPVC mapping entered its current operational state.

LastTimeDiscReason Indicates the reason this SPVC is not currently active.

ConnectID : 1

SVCIfIndex : 155

DNA : "[x121]3021811397299"

DLCI : 17

MaxTxSize : 0

MaxRxSize : 0

7-43


MinTxThroughput : 0

MinRxThroughput : 0

MaxTxThroughput : 0

MaxRxThroughput : 0

TxBurstSize : 0

RxBurstSize : 0

TxExcessiveBurstSize : 0

RxExcessiveBurstSize : 0

TxPriority : 0

ReasonForDisconnect : normal-condition

DiscardPriority : medium-discard-level

ConnectID The connect ID of this SPVC mapping.

SVCIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay protocol associated with this DLCI.

DNA The DNA for the destination of the SPVC.

DLCI The local DLCI for this SVC.

MaxTxSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be transmitted out of the frame relay network by this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this SVC.

MaxRxSize The maximum frame size in bytes that will be received into the frame relay network from this SVC. The range is from 0 to 4096 frames. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this SVC.

MinTxThroughput The minimum transmit throughput in bits per second (bps); used with the maxTxThroughput value to negotiate with the remote. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this SVC.

MinRxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of receive data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this SVC.

MaxTxThroughput The Committed Information Rate (CIR) in bits per second (bps) used for negotiation of transmit data during call setup. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. A value of 0 indicates that the network default value is used for this SVC.

MaxRxThroughput The minimum receive throughput in bits per second (bps); used with the maxRxThroughput value to negotiate with the remote. The network default value is used for this SVC.

7-44


show fr port spvcLANData circuit (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrAllAVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

TxBurstSize The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) to the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network default value is used for this SVC.

RxBurstSize The committed burst size (Bc) in bits per second (bps) from the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network default value is used for this SVC.

TxExcessBurstSize The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second to the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network default value is used for this SVC.

RxExcessBurstSize The excess burst size (Be) in bits per second from the frame relay network. The range is from 0 to 2560000 bps. The network default value is used for this SVC.

TxPriority The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority. Maps both as an emission priority out of the device and the frame relay switch trunk through priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher transport priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for delay. The default transport priority for frame relay traffic is 0.

ReasonForDisconnect Indicates the reason for the last SPVC disconnect.

DiscardPriority Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being discarded by the frame relay switch during periods of heavy congestion. The options are low, medium, and high-discard-level.

IfIndex : 4

SVCDLCI : 17

Type : rfc1490Switched

DNA : "[x121]3021811397299"

State : active

RxFECNs : 0

RxBECNs : 0

TxFrame : 7770

TxOctets : 60378

RxFrames : 8820

RxOctets : 639704

CreationTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:03

CallOriginator : " "

LastTimeChange : 00Years 000Days 00:00:03

7-45


Throughput : 920

NegMaxTxSize : 4096

NegMaxRxSize : 4096

NegTxThroughput : 191700

NegRxThroughput : 64000

NegTxBurstSize : 63896

NegRxBurstSize : 64000

NegTxExcessiveSize : 0

NegRxExcessiveSize : 0

TxDiscard : 0

TxPriority : 6

SVCIfIndex : 151

DiscardPriority : medium-discard-level

IfIndex The ifIndex associated with this SVC DLCI.

SVCDLCI The DLCI number associated with this SVC.

Type The type of network interface for this logical port. Valid types are rfc 1490, voice, switched, and rfc1490 switched.

DNA The DNA of the destination node for this SVC.

State Indicates the current state of this SVC. May be active, inactive or invalid.

RxFECNs The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with the FECN bit set since this counter was last reset.

RxBECNs The number of frame relay packets received on this DLCI with the BECN bit set since this counter was last reset.

TxFrames The number of frame relay packets sent on this SVC since this counter was last reset.

TxOctets The number of octets sent on the corresponding SVC since this counter was last reset.

RxFrames The number of frames received over this SVC since it was created or the counter was last reset.

RxOctets The number of octets received over this SVC since it was created or the counter was last reset.

CreationTime The sysUpTime value when the SVC was created either at bootup time or when the SVC was set up through Q.933, whether by the Data Link Connection Management Interface or by a SetRequest.

CallOriginator The DNA of the node originating the call that resulted in the establishment of the SVC.

7-46


LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last changed. (For SVCs established by the remote, the last time change should be equal to the SVC creation time.)

Throughput The average number of frame relay information field bits transferred per second across a user network interface in one direction. This is measured over the measurement interval.

NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum frame size to be transmitted on this interface (in bytes).

NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum frame size to be received on this interface (in bytes).

NegTxThroughput The negotiated throughput to be transmitted on this interface (in bits per second).

NegRxThroughput The negotiated throughput to be received on this interface (in bits per second).

NegTxBurstSize The negotiated committed burst to be transmitted on this interface (in bits per second).

NegRxBurstSize The negotiated committed burst to be received on this interface (in bits per second).

NegTxExcessSize The negotiated excess burst to be transmitted on this interface (in bits per second).

NegRxExcessSize The negotiated Rx excess burst to be sent on this interface (in bits per second).

TxDiscardCIRPolice The number of packets that have been discarded due to policing of the CIR.

TxPriority The relative priority of the traffic on this SVC. The range is from 0 to 15, with higher numbers indicating higher priority APS both as emission priority out of the device and the frame relay switch trunk through priority. Voice traffic generally has a higher transport priority than data because it has a lower tolerance for delay. The default transport priority for frame relay traffic is 0.

SVCIfIndex The ifIndex of the frame relay protocol on the physical port.

DiscardPriority Indicates the probability of frames on this SVC being discarded by the frame relay switch during periods of heavy congestion. The options are low- medium- and high-discard-level.

7-47


ual

show fr port svcLANData• base• circuit

show fr port svcLANData base (configured/operational) (entry/table)

These values show the SVC DNA address information that applies to the specified virtport.

Uses < <mcmFrSVCMapTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.


<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA as a quoted string (1..34)

VirtualPortIfIndex Virtual Port ifIndex associated with this DNA.

DNA The remote DNA to associate SVC with the corresponding virtual port.

DLCI DLCI for the connected SVC.

MaxTxSize Maximum transmit frame size to negotiate with the remote shown in bytes.

MaxRxSize Maximum receive frame size to negotiate with the remote shown in bytes.

MinTxThroughput Minimum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with the remote.

MinRxThroughput Minimum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with the remote.

MaxTxThroughput Maximum transmit throughput in bits per second to negotiate with the remote.

MaxRxThroughput Maximum receive throughput in bits per second to negotiate with the remote.

TxBurstSize The committed transmit burst size in bytes used to negotiate with the remote.

RxBurstSize The committed receive burst size in bytes used to negotiate with the remote.

ExcessTxBurstSize Excess transmit burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size, used to negotiate with the remote.

ExcessRxBurstSize Excess receive burst size. The uncommitted transmit burst size, used to negotiate with the remote.

Priority Transfer priority level for data on this SVC.

EntryStatus Entry status is shown as enabled or disabled.

TransferPriority The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through network connection.

7-48


show fr port svcLANData circuit (table/entry)

Uses <<mcmFrSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

DisableCause The cause of the disable status is shown.

SVCIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is established.

DiscardPriority The discard priority used for connection setup of this SVC map.

SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

HoldingPriority Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is established, and also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.


<DNA> : Frame Relay DNA as a quoted string (1..34)

IfIndex The IfIndex for the interface that this PVC belongs on.

DNA The destination DNA for the SVC.

Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC.

State Tthe state of this SVC (active \ or inactive). Only the configured SVCs can be in the inactive state. All learned SVCs will be deleted when the connection has been released).

ReceivedFECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating forward congestion.

ReceivedBECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating backward congestion.

SentFrames The number of frames sent from this switched virtual circuit since this was counter was last reset.

SentOctets The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last created or reset.

ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it was created or the counter was last reset

ReceivedOctets Number of octets received over this virtual circuit since it was created or the counter was last reset.

CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when the switched virtual circuit was created.

7-49


show fr port virtualPort configured (entry/table)Uses <<mcmFrVirtualPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

CallOriginator DNA of the SVC call originator.

LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when the state of the SVC last changed.

CircuitThroughput The average number of frame relay information field bits transferred per second across a physical frame relay.

NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum Tx size to be sent on this interface shown in bytes.

NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum Rx size to be received on this interface shown in bytes.

NegTxThroughput The negotiated Tx throughput to be sent on this interface shown in bits per second.

NegRxThroughput The negotiated Rx throughput to be received on this interface shown in bits per second.

NegTxBurst The negotiated Tx committed burst to be sent on this interface shown in bits per second.

NegRxBurst The negotiated Rx committed burst to be received on this interface shown in bits per second.

NegTxExcess The negotiated Tx excess burst to be sent on this interface.

NegRxExcess The negotiated Rx excess burst to be received on this interface.


Priority The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC.

SvcIfIndex Shows the ifIndex of the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is established.

DiscardPriority The discard priority used for SVC circuit connection setup of this SVC map, shown as high, medium or low.

SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

HoldingPriority Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is established, and also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

IfIndex Mode Protocol Binding Number

7-50


7-51

show fr port virtualPort operational (entry/table)Uses <<mcmFrVirtualPortTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

2 basic unknown 0

2 basic unknown 1

IfIndex IfIndex associated with this virtual port.

Mode Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that data will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this virutal port. Basic mode turns off the switching mode.

ProtocolBinding Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this Virtual Port.

• ip-configured

• ipx-configured

• ip-and-ipx-configured

• bridge-configured

• ip-and-bridge-configured

• ipx-and-bridge-configured

• ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured

• unknown

Number Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a virtual port.

IfIndex Mode State Protocol Binding Number

2 basic unknown 0

4 basic unknown 1

IfIndex IfIndex associated with this virtual port.

Mode Shows the mode of the virtual port. Easy routing requires that data will be switched between the virtual circuits on the this virutal port. Basic mode turns off the switching mode.

State State of the virtual port. Shown as up, down or uninitialized.


show fr switchShows the information that identifies the traffic parameters for a bi-directional SVC segment.

• map• pvc• svc

show fr switch map (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the fields used to configure the SPVC mappings.

Uses <<mcmFrConnectTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

ProtocolBinding Bitmap that contains the protocols bound to this Virtual Port.

• ip-configured

• ipx-configured

• ip-and-ipx-configured

• bridge-configured

• ip-and-bridge-configured

• ipx-and-bridge-configured

• ip-and-ipx-and-bridge-configured

• unknown

Number Shows the virtual port number used as an identifier for a virtual port.



IfIndexLocal Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface when the switch type is frame relay DCE. Shows the IfIndex of the local WAN interface when the switch type is HTDS.

DLCILocal Shows the DLCI value on the local DCE interface. If the switch type is HTDS the value is 16.

ConnectId Shows the connect ID of this SPVC mapping. Used to associate SVCs and Connect mappings.

DLCIRemote The DLCI value on the remote DCE interface.

IfIndexSVC Shows indicates the IfIndex value corresponding to the tunneling PVC in which the SVC is established.

DNARemote The DNA of the remote node with which the the SVC will be established.

7-52


7-53

show fr switch pvc (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the associated pvc mappings.

Uses <<nvmFrPVCEndptTable>> in the mcmrfc1604 MIB.

SVCDLCI The DLCI value of the SVC once the SVC has been established.

DCEPVCLMIState Show whether the local DCE considers the local PVC associated with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.

SVCState Shows whether the local DCE considers the SVC associated with this mapping, shown as active or inactive.

ConnType Shows whether this end of the SPVC segment initiated the SVC call. Shows as master or slave.

LastChange The value of the sysUpTime object at the time this PVC mapping entered its current operations state in the high to low direction.

DisconnectReason Shows the reason why the SPVC is not active in the case of a connection failure.

• no-reason

• local-PVC-physical-link-is-down

• local-PVC-LMI-is-down

• remote-PVC-physical-link-is-down

• remote-PVC-LMI-is-down

• remote-signaled

• local-SVC-LMI-is-down

• local-SVC-is-down

• local-FR-CORE-error

SwitchType Shows the type of SPVC connection.

• frdce

• htds

• cbr

• x25

• sna-sdlc


<DLCI> : INTEGER (16..001)

IfIndex Shows the IfIndex of the local DCE interface.

DLCIIndex Shows the DLCI value for this PVC end-point.


show fr switch svc • base• circuit

show fr switch svc base (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmMPANLConnSVCTable>> in the mcmfrdce MIB.

InMaxFrameSize The largest frame relay information field sent into the network by this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.

InBc The committed burst size (Bc) sent into the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.

InBe The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.

InCIR The committed excess size (Be) sent into the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.

OutMaxFrameSize The largest frame relay information field received from the network for this PVC end-point. Shown in octets.

OutBc The committed burst size (Bc) from the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.

OutBe The committed excess size (Be) received from the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits.

OutCIR The committed information rate (CIR) received from the frame relay network for this PVC end-point. Shown in bits per second.

ConnectId The ID of the connection group for this SVC.

DNA The DNA for the destination of the VC.

MaxTxSize The maximum transmission frame size. This value should be equal to or greater than the Rx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown in bytes.

MaxRxSize The maximum receive frame size. This should be equal to or less than the Tx size for the corresponding PVC. Shown in bytes.

MinTxThroughput The minimum transmission throughput. This should be equal to or greater than the Rx CIR for the corresponding PVC. Shown in bits per second.

MinRxThroughput The minimum receive throughput. This should be equal to or less than the Tx CIR for the corresponding PVC. Shown in bits per second.

MaxTxThroughput The maximum transmission throughput. Shown in bits per second.

MaxRxThroughput The maximum receive throughput. Shown in bits per second.

7-54


show fr switch svc circuit (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<mcmFrAllSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

MaxTxBurstSize The maximum transmission burst size. This value is based on throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per second.

MaxRxBurstSize The maximum receive burst size. This value is based on throughput and excess burst. Expressed in bits per second.

ExcessTxBurstSize The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network will attempt to deliver. This value should be equal to (or less than) the Tx Be configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in bits per second.

ExcessRxBurstSize The maximum number of uncommitted bits that the network can receive.. This value should be equal to (or less than) the Rx Be configured for the corresponding PVC. Expressed in bits per second.

TransferPriority The transfer priority for the corresponding pass-through connection.

DiscardPriority The discard priority for the PANL SVC connection. Expressed as low, medium and high.

SetupPriority This indicates the priority of a path at call-establishment time, and also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 indicates the highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest priority.

HoldingPriority This indicates the priority a path maintains once the path has been established, and also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 indicates the highest priority, and 5 indicate the lowest priority.


<SVCDLCI> : INTEGER (17..991)

IfIndex The IfIndex value for this SVC.

Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC, valid when connection established.

Type The type of SVC. Variables include voice, switched or rfc 1490.

DNA DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.

CircuitState State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.

ReceivedFECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating forward congestion since this SVC was created.

7-55


ReceivedBECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating backward congestion since this SVC was created.

SentFrames The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter was last reset.

SentOctets The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit since it was last created or reset.

ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it was created or the counter was last reset.


CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.

CallOriginator DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the establishment of this SVC.

LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the SVC.

Throughput The average number of frame relay packets transferred second across this physical frame relay interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface. Value shown in bytes.

NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum receive size received on this interface.

NegTxThroughput The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegRxThroughput The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegTxBurst The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegRxBurst The negotiated receive committed burst received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegTxExcess The negotiated transmit committed excess burst sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegRxExcess The negotiated receive committed excess burst received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.


Priority The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC. Valid priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNASand 11 for voice.

SvcIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is established.

7-56


show fr system

show fr system configuredUses <<nvmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.

show fr system operationalUses <<nvmFrGlobalGroup>> in the mcmfr MIB.

DiscardPriority The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values are low, medium and high priority.

SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

HoldingPriority Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

MaxNumberOfDLCI : 255 MaxVirtualPort : 32

MaxDLCIPerLine : 255 NumberingPlan : x121

PanlLmiTrapEnable : Unknown MsmTrapEnable : Unknown

CoreTrapEnable : Unknown PlmTrapEnable : Unknown

MaxNumberOfDLCI The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this access device.

MaxVirtualPort The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this access device.

MaxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that ma be configured for a frame relay line.

NumberingPlan The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is either E.164 or X.121.

PanlLmiTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay PANL LMI module.

MsmTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay MSM module.

CoreTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay core module.

PlmTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay PLM module.

7-57


MaxNumberOfDLCI : 255 MaxVirtualPort : 32

MaxDLCIPerLine : 255 TxOctets : 0

RxOctets : TxFrames : 0

RxFrames : NumberingPlan : x121

ActivePanlDlciSVC : TotalTunnelingPVC : 0

ActiveTunnelingPVC : PanlLmiTrapEnable : disabled

MSMTrapEnable : disabled CoreTrapEnable : disabled

PlmTrapEnable : disabled

MaxNumberOfDLCI The maximum number of DLCI that may be configured for this access device.

MaxDLCIPerLine The maximum number of DLCIs that ma be configured for a frame relay line.

RxOctets Total number of frame relay information field octets that were received across all frame relay ports.

RxFrames Total number of frame relay frames received in on all frame relay ports.

ActivePanlDlciSVC The number of active PANL DLCI SVCs for all frame relay ports.

ActiveTunnelingPVC The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.

MSMTrapEnable Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled or disabled for the frame relay MSM module.

PlmTrapEnable Shows whether the generation of trap messages are enabled or disabled for the frame relay PLM module.

MaxVirtualPort The maximum number of ports that may be configured for this access device.

TxOctets The number of octets sent from this SVC since it was last created or reset.

TxFrames Total number of frame relay frames sent out all frame relay ports.

NumberingPlan The numbering plan used with the DNA. The type of call is either E.164 or X.121.

TotalTunnelingPVC The total number of tunneling PVCs configured.

PanlLmiTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay PANL LMI module.

CoreTrapEnable Shows the enabled/disabled status of the trap messages for the frame relay core module.

7-58


show fr tunnel

show fr tunnel configured (entry/table)Uses <<nvmFrTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

TunnelIfIndex : 149

DlciNumber : 16

PhysicalCard : limA

PhysicalPort : 2

Type : dte-panl

PhysicalPortIfIndex : 155


RxBc : 64000

RxBe : 64000

RxCIR : 64000

TxMaxFrameSize : 80

TxBc : 0

TxBe : 64000

TxCIR : 64000

TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.

DlciNumber The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.

PhysicalCard Designates the location of the logical interface module of the WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3 and lim 4.

PhysicalPort The channel number of this WAN port.

Type The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-panl, dce-panl and standard.

PhysicalPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.

RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in octets.

RxBc The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

RxBe The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

RxCIR The receive committed information rate for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits per second.

TxMaxFrameSize The maximum transmission frame size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in octets.

7-59


show fr tunnel operational (entry/table)Uses <<mcmFrTunnelPvcTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

TxBc The transmission committed burst sizefor this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

TxBe The transmission excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

TxCIR The transmission committed information rate for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits per second.

TunnelIfIndex : 149

DlciNumber : 16

PhysicalCard : limA

PhysicalPort : 2

Type : dte-panl

PhysicalPortIfIndex : 155


RxBc : 64000

RxBe : 64000

RxCIR : 64000

TxMaxFrameSize : 80

TxBc : 0

TxBe : 64000

TxCIR : 64000

State : invalid

RxFrames : 0

TxFrames : 0

RxDeFrames : 0

RxExcessFrames : 0

TxExcessFrames : 0

RxDiscards : 0

RxOctets : 0

TxOctets : 0

TunnelIfIndex The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.

DlciNumber The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.

PhysicalCard Designates the location of the logical interface module of the WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3 and lim 4.

7-60


PhysicalPort The channel number of this WAN port.

Type The frame relay tunnel PVC type. Possible values are dte-panl, dce-panl and standard.

PhysicalPortIfIndex The IfIndex of the frame relay physical port.

RxMaxFrameSize The maximum receive frame size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in octets.

RxBc The receive committed burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

RxBe The receive excess burst size for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits.

RxCIR The receive committed information rate for this PVC tunnel data. Value shown in bits per second.

TxMaxFrameSize The IfIndex of this tunnel PVC.

TxBc The DLCI number for this PVC tunnel.

TxBe Designates the location of the logical interface module of the WAN port. Possible values are limA, lim1, lim2, lim3 and lim 4.

TxCIR The channel number of this WAN port.

State Shows the status of the existing rows for this frame relay tunneling PVC table. Possible values are add, delete and active.

RxFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel.

TxFrames The number of frames transmitted for this PVC tunnel.

RxDeFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) with the DE bit set to one.

RxExcessFrames The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) which were treated as excess traffic.

TxExcessFrames The number of frames transmitted in this PVC tunnel (egress) which were treated as excess traffic.

RxDiscards The number of frames received for this PVC tunnel (ingress) that were discarded due to traffic enforcement.

RxOctets The number of octets received for this PVC tunnel (ingress).

TxOctets The number of octets transmitted in this PVC tunnel (egress).

7-61


show fr voice svc circuit (entry/table)Uses <<mcmFrAllSVCCircuitTable>> in the mcmfr MIB.

IfIndex The IfIndex value for this SVC.

Dlci The local DLCI for this SVC, valid when connection established.

Type The type of this SVC. Variables include voice, switched or rfc 1490.

DNA DNA of the destination node associated with this SVC.

CircuitState State of this SVC. Variables include active, inactive or invalid.

ReceivedFECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating forward congestion since this SVC was created.

ReceivedBECNs Number of frames received from the network indicating backward congestion since this SVC was created.

SentFrames The number of frames sent from this SVC since this counter was last reset.

SentOctets The number of octets sent from this switched virtual circuit since it was last created or reset.

ReceivedFrames Number of frames received over this virtual circuit since it was created or the counter was last reset.


CreationTime The value of sysUpTime when this SVC was created.

CallOriginator DNA of the node that originated the call that resulted in the establishment of this SVC.

LastTimeChange The value of sysUpTime when last there was a change in the SVC.

Throughput The average number of frame relay packets transferred second across this physical frame relay interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegMaxTxSize The negotiated maximum transmit size sent on this interface. Value shown in bytes.

NegMaxRxSize The negotiated maximum receive size received on this interface.

NegTxThroughput The negotiated transmit throughput sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegRxThroughput The negotiated receive throughput received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegTxBurst The negotiated transmit committed burst sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

7-62


NegRxBurst The negotiated receive committed burst received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegTxExcess The negotiated transmit committed excess burst sent on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.

NegRxExcess The negotiated receive committed excess burst received on this interface. Value shown in bits per second.


Priority The transfer priority used for connection setup of this SVC. Valid priorities are 0 for LAN, 6 for NMSNASand 11 for voice.

SvcIfIndex The IfIndex of the tunneling PVC in which this SVC is established.

DiscardPriority The discard priority used in setting this SVC. Possible values are low, medium and high priority.

SetupPriority Shows the priority of a path at call-establishment time. Also determines the potential for bumping established paths to acquire their bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

HoldingPriority Shows the priority that a path maintains once the path is established. Also determines the likelihood of being bumped by a new path, thus losing the bandwidth. A value of 1 is the highest priority, and 5 is the lowest.

7-63


the

k

show gcmShows the global configuration parameters for the global circuit manager. Select from following list:

• backupLink• global• hwStatus• link• timer• unit

show gcm backupLink (entry/table)Shows entries in the GCM backup configuration table for each index, unit index and linindex. Uses <<mcmGcmBackupCfgTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

show gcm globalShows the global configuration parameters for the GCM.

Uses the <<mcmGcmGlobalCfgGroup>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

Index : 2 (operational)

: 2 (configured)

UnitIndex : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

LinkIndex : 3 (operational)

: 3 (configured)

Index The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM configuration table.

UnitIndex The index value which identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.

LinkIndex The index value that identifies an entry in the GCM link table. This GCM Link is used for backup link activation.

AdminStatus : enabled (operational)


TrapStatus : disabled (operational)


AutoActSelMode : hardwareConfig (operational)

: hardwareConfig (configured)

7-64


show gcm hwStatusShows the GCM hardware interface status.

Uses <<mcmGcmHwStatusTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

show gcm link (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the values that identify an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.

Uses <<mcmGcmLinkTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

AdminStatus Shows the status of the GCM global configuration table as enabled or disabled.

TrapStatus Shows the status of the GCM traps as enabled or disabled.

AutoActSelMode Shows the unit’s auto activation selection mode. Possible values are disabled and hwCfgAutoSelect. If hsCfgAutoSelect is shown, the GCM activates one of the three GCM units, depending on the hardware configuration.

Index Description CurrentStatus ActiveLinkStatus

isdnPrimary "ISDN on Port 2" down 0

isdnBackup "ISDN on Port 3" down 0

frPrimary "FR on Port 2" linkError 0

frBackup "FR on Port 3" down 0

Index The index that identifies a port defined in the GCM hardware status table.

Description Shows the type of interface and the associated port number.

CurrentStatus Shows the status of the hardware interface after a reset.

ActiveLinkStatus Shows the number of active GCM links on this hardware port.

Index : 2

UnitIndex : 1

Name : "WAN backup"

SignalingType : unusedAlwaysUp

SignalingPCMIndex : 1

ProtocolType : frameRelay

ProtocolPCMIndex : 3

ProtocolStatus : protocolDown

VoiceCalls : 0

7-65


ation on

show gcm timer (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the index values that define an entry in the GCM timer table. The minutes designto start inactivity. Values in this table with the prefix "Inact" indicate when the connecti

Index Number that identifies an entry in the GCM link table.

UnitIndex Number that identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.

Name Name of the GCM link.

SignalingType The type of signaling channel, if a signaling protocol is used. Possible values are unknown, ISDN or unused.

SignalingPCMIndex The index value that uniquely identifies an entry for the PCM.

ProtocolType Shows the type of the protocol.

ProtocolPCMIndex The index value that identifies an entry for the PCM. In the case of the FRCM, this entry represents an index for the port.

ProtocolStatus

(only shown in the operational table)

Shows the status of the signal link.

• cfg-error - the signaling link is not configured or activated from the signaling CM.

• info-wait - the GCM has sent an information request message to the signaling CM to request the status of this link. If the GCM receives an error message, the status will show cfg-error.

• inactive - the link is inactive.

• enable-wait - the GCM is trying to enable the hardware interface and is waiting for the response from the signaling CM.

• deferred - the activation of link is being deferred for 1 minute.

• protocol-down - either the PLM or MSM is down.

• activating - link activation is in progress.

• active - the signaling link is established.

• disconnecting - the signaling CM deactivates this link.

• ever-up - this link is always up.

VoiceCalls The number of active voice calls.

7-66


er,
will be automatically disconnected. If the inactivity timer is configured as a periodic timthe InactPeriodic object designates the minute to start inactivity.
Uses <<nvmGcmTimerTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

Index : 2 (operational)

: 2 (configured)

UnitIndex : 2 (operational)

: 2 (configured)

InactStartHour : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

InactStartMin : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

InactDurationtHour : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

InactDurationMin : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

InactMonday : disabled

InactTuesday : disabled

InactWednesday : disabled

InactThursday : disabled

InactFriday : disabled

InactSaturday : disabled

InactSunday : disabled

InactPeriodic : disabled

7-67


show gcm unit (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the index values that define an entry into the GCM unit table.

Uses the <<nvmGcmUnitTable>> in the mcmgcm MIB.

Index : 2

Name : "WAN Port2"

AdminStatus : down

TimerStatus : disabled

SwitchType : fastSwitch

LinkIndex : 1

BackupRemain (mins) : 3

BackupSwitchDelay : 0

SwitchDelay : 0

RegionalLinkIndex : 0

ModeConfiguration : Unknown

LinkFailMonstatus : Unknown

LinkFailMonDurMin : 0

LinkFailThrshold : 0

LinkMonCount : 0

7-68


Index Shows the value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM unit table.

Name Name of the GCM unit.

AdminStatus Shows the administration status of the GCM unit as up or down. If the status is set to down, the administration is disabled for this unit and all associated links.

TimerStatus The GCM timer status is shown as enabled or disabled.

SwitchType Shows the type of the switching algorithm.

• fast-switch - the GCM deactivates the backuplink after the primary link is re-established regardless of the backup transmission activity.

• voice-switch - the backup link will be deactivated after the primary link is re-established and all voice calls over the backup link are disconnected.

• manual-switch-backup - the GCM switches to the backup in case of the primary failure. The switching back to the primary port must be done manually.

• manual-switch - the GCM can only be manually switched.

LinkIndex Shows a value that uniquely identifies an entry in the GCM link table as the primary link.

BackupRemain The maximum number of minutes that the backup link remains active after switching from backup to the primary.

BackupSwitchDelay The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed before switching to the primary link.

SwitchDelay Not used.

RegionalLinkIndex The number of minutes the switching has to be delayed before switching to the backup link.

ModeConfiguration • branch-node - The GCM will first try to activate the primary link. In the case of a failure, the GCM will activate one of the the backup links. During the time the primary link is active, the backup port is deactivated.

• regional-node - This mode is identical to the branch-mode except the backup link is not used. When the primary link is active, the GCM will not deactivate the backup port.

• central-site-nod e - There is no PANL DTE connection. In this case, there is no need to have the backup functionality as the GCM will enable both ports.

7-69


7-70

show icmp statisticsUses <<ICMPGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

LinkFailMonstatus The GCM link failure monito status is shown as enabled or disabled.

LinkFailMonDurMin The number of minutes to monitor the GCM link Failure monitor threshold activity. The duration time starts when first link failure occured while the gcmLinkFailureMonStatus entity is enabled.

LinkFailThrshold The maximum number of GCM link failures allowed before switching from primary to backup.

LinkMonCount The number of link failures counted during the duration time specified as LinkFailureMonDurMin (above).

RxMessages : 0 RxErrors : 0

RxDestUnreachs : 0 RxTimeExceeds : 0

RxProblems : 0 RxSrcQuenchs : 0

RxRedirects : 0 RxEchos : 0

RxEchoReplys : 0 RxTimestamps : 0

RxTimestampReplys : 0 RxAddrMasks : 0

RxAddrMaskReplys : 0 TxMsgs : 0

TxErrors : 0 TxDestUnreachs : 0

TxTimeExceeds : 0 TxProblems : 0

TxSrcQuenchs : 0 TxRedirects : 0

TxEchos : 0 TxEchoReplys : 0

TxTimestamps : 0 TxTimestampReplys : 0

TxAddrMasks : 0 TxAddrMaskReplys : 0

RxMessages The total number of ICMP messages received.

RxDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.

RxProblems The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.

RxRedirects The number of ICMP Redirect messages received.

RxEchoReplys The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.

RxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.

RxAddrMaskReplys The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.


TxErrors The number of ICMP messages that this entity did not send due to problems discovered within ICMP. This value does not include errors discovered outside the ICMP layer.

TxTimeExceeds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.

TxSrcQuenchs The number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent.

TxEchos The number of ICMP Echo Request messages sent.

TxTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages sent.

TxAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent.

RxErrors The number of inbound packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher-layer protocol.

RxTimeExceeds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.

RxSrcQuenchs The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received.

RxEchos The number of ICMP Echo (request) messages sent.

RxTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp (request) messages received.

RxAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.

TxMsgs The total number of ICMP messages which this entity attempted to send.

TxDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.

TxProblems The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.

TxRedirects The number of ICMP Redirect messages sent. For a host, this object will always be zero, since hosts do not send redirects.

TxEchoReplys The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent.

TxTimestampReplys The number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent.

TxAddrMaskReplys The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent.

7-71


the

7-72

show ipShows internet protocol addresses and parameters.

• address• base• invArp• parameters• route

show ip address (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows IP address and other statistics for the specified IfIndex or for all IfIndices usingtable command.

Uses <<nvmIPAddrTable>> in the mcmip MIB.

IfIndex : 3

IPAddress : 127.0.0.1

Mtu : 1500

DataLinkType : ether

KeepAlive : on

ForwardBcast : on

IPNumber : numbered

RouteProtocolType : disable

NetMask : 255.0.0.0

BcastAddress : 255.255.255.255

IfIndex The IfIndex for this entry.

IPAddress IP address for this entry.

Mtu The size of the largest datagram that can be sent or received on this interface. The value is shown in octets.


IP is ys and

show ip base• rip• ripCompatibility

show ip base ripThis value shows whether or not RIP is turned on or off for this access device. When Ron, the access device propogates routing information to other access devices, gatewahosts.

DataLinkType The type of data link interface used with this entry.

• csmacd - IEEE 802.3 CSMA/CD network, LLI compatibility

• tpb - IEEE 802.4 Token Passing Bus, LLI compatibility

• tpr - IEEE 802.5 Token Passing Ring, LLI compatibility

• metro - IEEE 802.6 Metro Net, LLI compatibility

• ether - Ethernet Bus, LLI compatibility

• hdlc - ISO HDLC protocol support, bit synchronous

• char - Character Synchronous protocol support

• ctca - IBM Channel-to-Channel Adepter

• fddi - fiber distributed data interface

• frameRelay - frame relay

• frIpOpt - frame relay IP option

• other - Any medium not listed above.

• invalid - Invalid

KeepAlive Indicates whether keep alive signals are sent over this interface. Possible values are off and on.

ForwardBcast Indicates whether broadcast signals are sent over this interface. Possible values are off and on.

IPNumber Indicates whether numbered or unnumbered IP is used on this interface.

RouteProtocolType Indicates the IP routing protocol used on this interface. Possible values are rip, ospf, passiveRIP and disabled.

NetMask The IP address of the subnet mask associated with this entry. The value is an IP address with all the network bits set to 1 and all the hosts bits set to 0.

BcastAddress The IP broadcast address associated with this entry.

7-73


RIP are

Uses <<mcmIPRipEnable>> in the mcmip MIB.

show ip base ripCompatibilityThis value indicates the version of the routing internet protocol. Rip1 indicates that onlyversion 1 packets are broadcast Rip1Compatible indicates that RIP version 2 packetsbroadcast. Rip2 indicates RIP version 2 packets are multicast.

Uses <<mcmIPRipCompatibility>> in the mcmip MIB.

show ip invarp (entry/table)Shows the enabled/disabled status of Inverse ARP for a protocol for a specific DLCI.

Uses <<mcmInverseArpTable>> in the mcmip MIB.

show ip parametersShows all current IP parameters.

Uses <<IP group>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

Rip : off (operational)

: off (configured)

RipCompatibility : Rip1Compatible (operational)

: Rip1Compatible (configured)

IfIndex : INTEGER

Protocol : ip

Forwarding : off DefaultTimeToLive : 60

RxInputDatagrams : 453 InputHeaderErrors : 0

InputAddrErrors : 0 FwdDatagrams : 0

RxUnknownProtoco : 0 InputDiscards : 0

InputDelivers : 453 TxRequests : 453

OutputDiscards : 0 OutputNumRoutes : 0

ReassembleTimeout : 60 ReassembleNeed : 0

ReassembleOK : 0 ReassembleFail : 0

FragmentOK : 0 FragmentFail : 0

FragmentCreate : 0 RoutingDiscards : 0

7-74


Forwarding Shows whether this device is acting as an IP gateway with respect to forwarding datagrams received by, but not addressed to, this device.

• on - acting as a gateway

• off - not acting as a gateway

RxInputDatagrams Shows the total number of input datagrams received, including datagrams received in error.

InputAddrErrors Shows the number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in the IP header destination field was not a valid address to be received at this location.

RxUnknownProtocols The number of locally-addressed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.

InputDelivers The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user-protocols including ICMP.

OutputDiscards The number of output IP datagrams where no problems were encountered to prevent continued processing, but were discarded (e.g. for lack of buffer space),

ReassembleTimeout The maximum length of time during which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly. Value stated in seconds.

ReassembleOK The number of IP datagrams successfully reassembled.

FragmentOK The number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented.

FragmentCreate The number of IP datagram fragments that have been generated as a result of fragmentation.

DefaultTimeToLive The default value inserted into the Time-To-Live field of the IP header of datagrams originated at this device.

InputHeaderErrors The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers.

FwdDatagrams The number of input datagrams that were sent to this device, but this entity was not their final IP destination.

InputDiscards The number of input IP datagrams where no problems were encountered to prevent continued processing, but were discarded (e.g. for lack of buffer space),

TxRequests The total number of IP datagrams that local IP user-protocols supplied to IP in requests for transmission.

OutputNumRoutes The number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be found to transmit them to their destination.

7-75


.

show ip route (entry/table)Shows IP routing table values where they have been entered using the add command

Uses <<ipRouteTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

ReassembleNeed The number of IP fragments received that needed to be reassembled.

ReassembleFail The number of failures detected by the IP ressembly algorithm.

FragmentFail The number of IP datagrams that were discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be.

RoutingDiscards The number of routing entries that were discarded even though they are valid.

<DestAddress> : IpAddress

7-76


show ipxShows all current IPX parameters.

• circuit• remoteServices• rip• sap• services• staticRoute• system

show ipx circuit (entry/table)Shows current IPX circuit parameters

Uses <<ipxCircTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

RouteDestination The destination IP address of this route.

RouteIfIndex The IfIndex value of the next hop of this route.

RouteMetric1 The primary routing metric for this route. If route metric 1 is not used, this value should be -1.

RouteMetric1 throughRouteMetric 2

Alternative routing metrics for this route. If these metrics are not used, these values should be -1.

RouteType • other - none of the following

• invalid - an invalidated route

• direct - route to a directly connected subnetwork.

• indirect - route to a non-local host, network or subnetwork.

RouteProtocol The routing mechanism through which this route was learned.

• other - none of the following

• local - non-protocol information, manually configured entries used

• netmgmt - set via network management protocol

• icmp - obtained via ICMP redirect

RouteAge The number of seconds since this route was last updated.

RouteMask The mask number to be linked with the destination address.

<SysInstance> : INTEGER

<CircuitIndex> : INTEGER

7-77


show ipx remoteServices (entry/table)Uses <<ipxDestServTable>> in the mcmipx.MIB.

show ipx rip• circuit• system

show ipx circuit (entry/table)Uses <<ripCircTable>> in mcmipx MIB.

SysInstance The ID number of this IPX entry. This value is written when a new IPX entry is created in the table.

Index The ID number of this circuit for this instance of IPX.

ExistState The validity of this circuit entry. Possible values are on and off.

IfIndex The IfIndex for this circuit.

Name Name given to the circuit.

DataLinkType Type of data link on this circuit. Possible values are raw, snap, type2 and type 8022.

NetNumber The IPX network number of this circuit.

<SysInstance> INTEGER (1 only)

<NetNumber> Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

<Node> PhysAddress

<Socket> INTEGER (1..255)

<Name> "String" (1..48)

<Type> INTEGER (1..255)

SysInstance System ID for this instance of IPX.

NetNum The network number portion of the IPX address for this service.

Node The node portion of the IPX address for this service.

Socket The socket portion of the IPX address for this service.

Name The service name.

Type The service type.



7-78


show ipx system entryUses <<ripSysTable>> in the mcfmipx MIB.

show ipx system tableUses <<ripSysTable>> in the mcfmipx MIB.

show ipx route (entry/table)Uses <<ipxDestTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP and IPX for the specified entry.

CircIndex The ID of this circuit within this instance of RIP.

State Indicates whether RIP information may be sent and received over this circuit. Possible values are on and off.

Pace The maximum pace (speed) at which RIP packets may be sent on this circuit. Value shown in packets per second.

Update The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.

AgeMultiplier The holding multiplier for information received in RIP periodic updates.

PacketSize The RIP packet size used on this circuit.

OutPackets The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.

InPackets The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.


SysInstance State IncorrectPackets

1 on 0

SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP. This value links this instance of RIP to an instance of IPX running on the system.

State Indicates the operational state of this instance of RIP. Possible values are on or off.

IncorrectPackets The number of times that a packet was received with an incorrectly formatted RIP.


<NetNumber> Net number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)

7-79


show ipx sap• circuit• system

show ipx sap circuit (entry/table)Uses <<sapCircTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

SysInstance The ID of this instance of RIP. This value links this instance of RIP to an instance of IPX running on the system.

DestNetNum The network number of the IPX destination.

DestProtocol The routing protocol used to identify of this destination.

DestTicks The number of ticks required to reach this destination.

DestHopCount The number of hops required to reach the destination.

DestNextHopCircIndex The index number of the circuit used to reach the next hop.

DestNextHopNICAddress The NIC address of the next hop.

DestNextHopNetNum The IPX network number of the next hop.


<CircuitIndex> INTEGER

SysInstance The ID of this instance of SAP and IPX for this entry.

CircuitIndex The ID of this circuit, within the instance of SAP.

State Indicates whether SAP information may be sent and received over this circuit. Possible values are on and off.

Pace The maximum pace (speed) at which RIP packets may be sent on this circuit. Value shown in packets per second.

Update The RIP periodic update interval shown in seconds.

AgeMultiplier The holding multiplier for information received in RIP periodic updates.

PacketSize The RIP packet size used on this circuit.

OutPackets The number of RIP packets sent on this circuit.

InPackets The number of RIP packets received on this circuit.

7-80


show ipx sap system entryUses <<sapSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

show ipx sap system tableUses <<sapSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

show ipx services (entry/table)Shows a table of IPX services indexed by name and type.

Uses <<ipxServTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.


SysInstance State IncorrectPackets

1 on 0

SysInstance The ID of this instance of SAP. This value links this instance of SAP to an instance of IPX running on the system.

State Indicates the operational state of this instance of SAP. Possible values are on or off.

IncorrectPackets The number of times that a packet was received with an incorrectly formatted SAP.


<ServiceType> INTEGER (1..255)

<ServiceName> "String" (1..48)

SysInstance The ID of this instance of IPX.

ServiceType Type of IPX service.

ServiceName Name assigned to this service.

Protocol The routing protocol used to identify this destination.

NetNum The network portion of the IPX address number for this service.

Node The node portion of the IPX address number for this service.

7-81


y

show ipx staticRoute (entry/table)The these commands show information about all destinations reached via the staticallconfigured routes.

Uses <<ipxStaticRouteTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

show ipx system• advanced• basic

show ipx system advanced (entry/table)Uses <<ipxAdvSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

Socket The socket portion of the IPX address number for this service.

HopCount The number of hops needed to reach the IPX service.


<CircuitIndex> INTEGER (1..16)

<NetNumber> Network number (0x01 - 0xFFFFFFFE)


CircIndex ID number of the circuit used to reach the first hop in the static route.

NetNum The IPX network number of the route destination.

ExistState The state of this static route. Possible values are on or off.

Ticks The delay required to reach the route destination. Value given in tick counts.

HopCount The number of hops necessary to reach the destination.

NextHopNICAddress The NIC address of the next hop.

SysInstance : 1

MaxPathSplits : 0

MaxHops : 0

RxTooManyHops : 0

RxFiltered : 0

NETBIOSPackets : 0

FwdPackets : 0

TxFiltered : 0

7-82


show ipx system basic (entry/table)Uses <<ipxBasicSysTable>> in the mcmipx MIB.

CircuitCount : 0

DestCount 0

ServiceCount 0

SysInstance The ID of this instance of IXP.

MaxPathSplits The maximum number of paths that IPX may use to forward packets.

MaxHops The maximum number of hops a packet can take.

RxTooManyHops The number of IPX packets discarded due to exceeding the maximum hop count.

RxFiltered The number of incoming IPX packets discarded due to filtering.

NETBIOSPackets The number of NETBIOS packets received

FwdPackets The number of IPX packets forwarded.

TxFiltered The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to filtering.

CircuitCount The number of circuits known to this instance of IPX.

DestCount The number usable destinations known to this instance of IPX.

ServiceCount The number of services known to this instance of IPX.

SysInstance 1 (operational)

1 (configured)

ExistState on (operational)

on (configured)

NetNumber 00000000 (operational)

00000000 (configured)

Node 00:00:00:00:00:00 (operation-al)

SystemName "mpa" (operational)

"mpa" (configured)

RxPackets 0 (operational)

RxHeaderErrors 0 (operational)

RxUnknownSockets 0 (operational)

RxDiscards 0 (operational)

RxDelivers 0 (operational)

7-83


NoRoutes 0 (operational)

TxRequests 0 (operational)

TxDiscards 0 (operational)

TxPackets 0 (operational)

RouterStatus disabled (operational)

disabled (configured)

Spoofing disabled (operational)


SpoofDataLinkType raw (operational)

raw (configured)

WanOptimization disabled (operational)


7-84


show isdnShows the defined parameters for isdn.

• dialControl• physicalIf


ExistState The state of this instance of IPX. Possible values are on and off.

NetNumber The network number portion of the IPX address for this system.

Node The node number portion of the IPX address for this system.

SystemName The readable name assigned to this system.

RxPackets The number of IPX packets received, including those received in error.

RxHeaderErrors The number of IPX packets discarded due to errors in their headers.

RxUnknownSockets The number of IPX packets discarded because the destination socket was not open.

RxDiscards The number of IPX packets received but discarded.

RxDelivers The total number of IPX packets delivered locally.

NoRoutes The number of times no route was found to any destination.

TxRequests The number of IPX packets supplied locally for transmission.

TxDiscards The number of outgoing IPX packets discarded due to reasons other than those accounted for as the following: ipxBasicSysOutMalformedRequests, ipxAdvSysOutFiltered and ipxAdvSysOutCompressDiscards.

TxPackets The total number of IPX packets transmitted.

RouterStatus Status of IPX routing for this instance. Possible values are enabled or disabled.

Spoofing Status of IPX spoofing for this instance. Possible values are enabled or disabled.

SpoofDataLinkType The DataLink type used for spoofing. Possible values are as follows: raw, type8023, type2, type8022.

WANOptimization Status of WAN optimization for this IPX instance. Possible values are enabled or disabled.

7-85


show isdn dialControl• basePeer• callActive• callHistory• configuration• peer

show isdn dialControl basePeerShows the current status of the parameters provisioned by the define isdn dialcontrol commands.

Uses <<DialCtlPeerCfgTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

show isdn dialControl callActive (entry/table)Shows which B-channel (1 or 2) is used for leased lines. For dial-up lines, this entry isignored because the B-channel is assigned by the ISDN service.

Uses <<callActiveTable>> in the rfc2129 MIB.

Id IfIndex BChannel

1 5 1

3 5 1

Id An ID for a single peer. There may be several IDs in this table for one peer defining different ways of reaching the peer.

IfIndex IfIndex for this ISDN peer.

BChannel The value of this object specifies the B channel to be used for the leased lines.

SetUpTime : 00Years 000Days 00:52:15

Index : 1

PeerAddress : "384100"

PeerSubAddress : " "

PeerId : 2

PeerIfIndex : 18

LogicalIfIndex : 19

ConnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:52:15

CallState : active

CallOrigin : originate

7-86


show isdn dialControl callHistoryShows the dial control call history reset table.

• configuration• statistics

ChargedUnits : 0

InfoType : unrestrictedDigital

TxPackets : 72286

TxBytes : 5606401

RxPackets : 47798

RxBytes : 3510473

SetUpTime The time when the call was started.

Index A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10 milliseconds of time.

PeerAddress The telephone number to which this call is connected.

PeerSubAddress The subaddress of the connected call.

PeerId The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was made.

PeerIfIndex The ifIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call was made.

LogicalIfIndex The ifIndex number of the B-channel through which this call was made.

ConnectTime The time when the call was connected.

CallState Indicates whether or not the call is active.

CallOrigin For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for outgoing calls).

ChargedUnits The number of charged units for this connection. If charging information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.

InfoType The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital, unrestrictedDigital56, restrictedDigital, audio7, audio31, video, packetSwitched, fax, and other.

TxPackets The number of packets transmitted during this call.

TxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.

RxPackets The number of packets received during this call.

RxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.

7-87


show isdn dialControl callHistory configuration

Uses <<callHistory>> in the rfc2128 MIB.

show isdn dialControl callHistory statistics (entry/table)

Uses <<callHistoryTable>> in the rfc2128 MIB.

MaxLength : 5 (operational)

: 5 (configured)

RetainTimer : 0 (operational)

MaxLength The size of the Call History buffer in number of calls. A value of 0 indicates that no call history is maintained.

RetainTimer The minimum length of time, in minutes, that a call history entry will be maintained.

SetUpTime : time when this call was started

ActiveIndex : 1

PeerAddress : "384100"

PeerSubAddress : " "

PeerId : 2

PeerIfIndex : 18

LogicalIfIndex : 19

DisconnectCause : "111"

DisconnectText : "Protocol Error"

ConnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:06

DisconnectTime : 00Years 000Days 00:51:25

CallOrigin : originate

ChargedUnits : 0


TxPackets : 39052

TxBytes : 3028404

RxPackets : 25083

RxBytes : 25083

SetUpTime The time when the call was started.

ActiveIndex A chronological entry of calls started within the same 10 milliseconds of time.

PeerAddress The telephone number to which this call is connected.

PeerSubAddress The subaddress of the connected call.

7-88


show isdn dialControl configurationThe device’s ISDN link will not accept incoming calls; therefore, acceptMode must always be set to acceptNone. TrapStatus will be configured as enabled or disabled.

Uses <<dialCtlConfiguration>> in the rfc2128 MIB.

PeerId The index value of the Peer Table entry to which this call was made.

PeerIfIndex The IfIndex number of the Peer Table entry to which this call was made.

LogicalIfIndex The IfIndex number of the B-channel through which this call was made.

DisconnectCause The encoded network cause value associated with this call. This value will depend on the interface type as well as on the protocol and protocol version being used on this interface.

DisconnectText The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This field should be used only if a management station is unable to decode the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.

ConnectTime The time when the call was connected.

DisconnectTime The time when the call was disconnected.

CallOrigin For active calls, this field will always indicate originate (for outgoing calls).

ChargedUnits The number of charged units for this connection. If charging information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.

InfoType The type of call. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital, unrestrictedDigital56, restrictedDigital, audio7, audio31, video, packetSwitched, fax, and other.

TxPackets The number of packets transmitted during this call.

TxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.

RxPackets The number of packets received during this call.

RxBytes The number of bytes transmitted during this call.

AcceptMode : acceptKnown (operational)

: acceptKnown (configured)

TrapStatus : disabled (operational)


7-89


7-90

show isdn dialControl peer base (configured/operational) (entry/table)

AcceptMode The security level for acceptance of incoming calls. Possible values are acceptNone, acceptAll, acceptKnown.

TrapStatus Shows whether dialCtlPeerCallInformation and dialCtlPeerCallSetup traps are generated for the peers. If the status is enabled, traps will be generated for all peers. If the status is disabled, traps will be generated only for peers having dialCtlPeerCfgTrapEnable set to enabled.

Id : 1

IfIndex : 12

BChannel : 1

LowerIf : 16

OriginateAddress : "384200"

SubAddress : "11"

ClosedUserGroup : " "

Speed : 64000


Permission : originate

CallRetries : 1

RetryDelay : 1

FailureDelay : 0

TrapStatus : disabled

Id Identifies a single peer. There may be multiple entries for one peer in order to support multilink as well as backup lines.

IfIndex The ifIndex number of the interface used for calling this peer.

BChannel Indicates whether B-1 or B-2 is calling this peer.

LowerIf The ifIndex number of the D-channel on which the peer will be called.

OriginateAddress The telephone number on which the peer will be called.

SubAddress The subaddress of the telephone number on which the peer will be called.

ClosedUserGroup Not Applicable at this time.

Speed The line speed of the B-channel in bits per second.


show isdn dialControl peer statistics (entry/table)Uses <<dialCtlPeerStatsTable>> in the rfc2128 MIB.

InfoType The information transfer capability to be used when calling this peer. Options are speech, unrestrictedDigital, unrestrictedDigital56, restrictedDigital, audio7, audio31, video, packetSwitched, fax, and other.

Permission Indicates whether or not callback is permitted for charging purposes. Note: The Passport 4400 does not support callback at this time. This field will always indicate originate (for outgoing calls).

CallRetries The number of calls that will be made to a non-responding address. A value of 0 indicates that there is no limit to the number of retries.

RetryDelay The time, in seconds, between call retries.

FailureDelay The time, in seconds, following a configured number of unsuccessful call attempts, before calling is resumed. A value of 0 indicates that calling will not be resumed.

TrapStatus Indicates whether trap generation is enabled or disabled for this peer.

Id : 1

IfIndex : 12

ConnectTime : 0

ChargedUnit : 0

SucceededCalls : 0

FailedCalls : 0

AcceptedCalls : 0

RefusedCalls : 0

LastDisconnect-Cause

: "0"

LastDisconnect-Text

: "none"

LastSetupTime : 00Years 000Days 00:00:00

Id The index number of the peer.

IfIndex The ifIndex number of the signaling entity.

ConnectTime The accumulated time since startup (in seconds) of all calls.

ChargedUnit The total number of charged units for this peer since startup. If charging information is not supplied by the switch, this field will be 0.

7-91


is

show isdn physicalIfShows the physical basic rate interfaces.

• baseLapd• basicRate• bearer(B)Channel• directory• endPoint• lapd• signalStatistics• signalTable

show isdn physicalIf baseLapd• configured• operational

Shows the unique identifier used as the index into the isdn lapd counter reset table. Thindex specifies the particular row of counter objects to be reset

show isdn physicalIf baseLapd (configured/operational) (entry/table)

This table shows configuration and statistics information for all LAPD (D channel DataLink interfaces on this device.

Uses <<nvmIsdnLapdTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

SucceededCalls The total number of calls completed to this peer.

FailedCalls The total number of calls to this peer that have failed.

AcceptedCalls The total number of calls accepted by this peer.

RefusedCalls The total number of calls refused by this peer.

LastDisconnectCause The encoded network cause value associated with this call. This value will depend on the interface type as well as on the protocol and protocol version being used on this interface.

LastDisconnectText The ASCII text describing the reason for call termination. This field should be used only if a management station is unable to decode the value of dialCtlPeerStatsLastDisconnectCause.

LastSetupTime The time in years, days, hours, minutes and seconds since the last call to this peer was started.

Txwinsiz Shows the transmit window size. This value indicates the maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.

Rxwinsiz Shows the receive window size. This value indicates the maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.

Txfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

7-92


show isdn physicalIf basicRate• configured• operational

Shows the parameters for all physical basic rates on this device.

show isdn physicalIf basicRate (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnBasicRateTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

show isdn physicalIf bearer (entry/table)Shows the physical interface of the B channel

Uses <<isdnBearerTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.

Rxfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

TimerT200 Shows the timer T200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time to wait for acknowledgment of a frame before initiating recovery.

TimerT201 Shows the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201 is the minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity check messages.

TimerT202 Shows the timer T202 value in milliseconds. T202 is the minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity request messages.


TimerTM20 Shows the timer TM20 value in milliseconds for TEI management.

N200 Shows the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number of retransmissions of a frame.

N202 The value of this object specifies the retry counter N202. This is the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity request message.

Nm20 Shows the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.

LineTopology The line topology to be used for this interface. Possible values are point to point or point to multipoint.

SignalMode Shows the signaling channel operational mode for this interface.

• Active - dialup.

• Inactive - leased line.

7-93


ChannelType Shows whether the B channel is connected to a dialup or a leased line.

OperStatus Shows the current call control state for this port.

• Idle - shows when no call or call attempt is going active.

• Connecting - shows when a connection attempt (outgoing call) is being made.

• Connected - showns when an incoming call is in the process of validation.

• Active - showns when a call is active on this interface.

ChannelNumber Shows the B channel number.

PeerAddress The ISDN address the current or last call is or was connected to.

PeerSubAddress The ISDN subaddress the current or last call is or was connected to.

CallOrigin Shows the call origin for the current or last call.

• unknown - There were no calls on this interface since system startup.

• originate - Indicates outgoing calls.

• answer - Indicates incoming calls.

• callback - Not supported.

InfoType Shows the information transfer capability for the current or last call.

• speech - non-data connection

• audio31 - 3.1 Khz data mode connection

• audio7 - data mode connection, unrestricted digital information with tone announcements

• unrestrictedDigital - as defined in Q.931

• unrestrictedDigital56 - as defined in Q.931 with 56K rate adaptation.

Multirate Shows whether the current or last call used multirate. Possible values are true and false.

CallSetupTime Shows the value of sysUpTime when the ISDN setup message for the current or last call was sent or received. If since system startup there has been no call on this interface this object has a value of zero.

7-94


show isdn physicalif directory• configured• operational

Shows a directory of the physical interfaces.

show isdn physicalIf directory (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnDirectoryTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

CallConnectTime The value of sysUpTime when the ISDN connect message for the current or last call was sent or received. If since system startup there has been no call on this interface, this object has a value of zero.

ChargedUnits The number of charged units for the current or last connection.

Index : 1

Number : "1212"

SignalingIndex : 1

Index : 2

Number : "2323"

SignalingIndex : 1

Index The index value that identifies this entry in the isdnDirectoryTable.

Number Shows the directory number for this entry. Directory numbers are used to identify incoming calls on the signaling channel.

SignalingIndex An index pointing to an ISDN signaling channel. Incoming calls are accepted on this signaling channel.

7-95


for

show isdn physicalIf endpoint• configured• operational

Shows the table containing configuration parameters for terminal endpoints.

show isdn physicalIf endpoint (configured/operational) (entry/table)

Uses <<nvmIsdnEndpointTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

show isdn physicalIf lapd (entry/table)Shows the table holding configuration and statistical information for all LAPD interfacesthis device.

Uses <<isdnLapdTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.

Index : 1

TEIType : dynamic

TEIValue : 127

ServiceProfileID : "384000"

:

Index : 2

TEIType : dynamic

TEIValue : 127

ServiceProfileID : "2222"

Index The index ID of this entry in the ISDN endpoint table.

TEIType Terminal endpoint identifier type used for this terminal endpoint.

dynamic - TEI value is selected by the switch.

static - A TEI value must be entered in the ISDN endpoint TEI value object.

TEIValue Terminal endpoint identifier entered as a numeric value.

ServiceProfileId The service profile identifier (SPID) information for this terminal endpoint.

Rxwinsiz Shows the receive window size. This value indicates the maximum number of outstanding unacknowledged information frames.

Txfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

Rxfrmsiz Shows the maximum transmit frame size in bytes.

7-96


show isdn physicalIf signalStatistics (entry/table)Uses <<isdnSignalingStatsTable>> in the rfc2127 MIB.

show isdn physicalIf signalTable• configured• operational

show isdn physicalIf signalTable (configured/operational) entry

Uses <<nvm IsdnSignalingTable>> in the mcmisdn MIB.

TimerT200 Shows the timer T200 value in milliseconds. T200 is the time to wait for acknowledgment of a frame before initiating recovery.

TimerT201 Shows the timer T201 value in milliseconds. T201 is the minimum time between the transmission of the TEI identity check messages.



TimerTM20 Shows the timer TM20 value in milliseconds for TEI management.

n200 Shows the retry counter N200. This is the maximum number of retransmissions of a frame.

n202 The value of this object specifies the retry counter N202. This is the maximum number of transmissions of a TEI identity request message.

nm20 Shows the retry counter NM20 for TEI management.

InCalls The number of incoming calls on this interface.

InConnected The number of incoming calls on this interface that were connected.

OutCalls The number of outgoing calls on this interface.

OutConnected The number of outgoing calls on this interface that were connected.

ChargedUnits The number of charging units on this interface since system startup.

7-97


Index : 1

Protocol : etsi

CallingAddress : "384000"

SubAddress : "30"

InfoTrapStatus : disabled

:

Index : 2

Protocol : etsi

CallingAddress : "384000"

SubAddress : "30"

InfoTrapStatus : disabled

Index IfIndex for this entry.

Protocol Protocol type supported by the switch providing access to the ISDN network.

• dss1 - ITU DSS1 (formerly CCITT) Q.931

• etsi - Europe / ETSI ETS300-102

• ess5 - U.S.A. / AT&T 5ESS

• dms100 - U.S.A. / Northern Telecom DMS100

• ni1 - U.S.A. / National ISDN 1 (BRI)

• vn2 - France / VN2

• vn3 - France / VN3

• ins64 - Japan / NTT INS64

• itr6 - Germany/ 1TR6 (BRI, PRI)

CallingAddress The ISDN address assigned to this signaling channel.

SubAddress Supplementary information to the ISDN address assigned to this signaling channel. Usually, the subaddress is defined in Q.931. If there is no such number defined or required, this is a zero length string.

InfoTrapStatus Indicates the status of the isdnMibCallInformation traps. Possible values are enabled and disabled.

7-98


n AN

show msmShows configuration and statistics for msm (MPANL signaling management).

• dceLinkStatus• dnaStatus• dteLink• linkStatus• profile• statistics

show msm dceLinkStatus (entry/table)Uses <<mcmMSMDCELinkStatusTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

show msm dnaStatus (entry/table)Uses <<mcmMSMDNAStatusTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

show msm dteLink (configured/operational)Shows DTE link information for the physical IfIndices used for the MPANL link betweethe access device and the frame relay switch. The sample display is for the primary Wlink on IfIndex 155.

Uses <<nvmMSMDTELinkCftTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

StatusIfIndex IfIndex associated with the PANL DCE link.

NodeId DCE remote node ID.

CustId DCE remote customer ID.

RxBw Remote receiving bandwidth.

MaxFrameSize DCE remote frame size.

DLCIRange The highest DLCI value allowed for the remote side.

PrefixNumber DNA prefix number of the attached device

IfIndex IfIndex value showing the appropriate DCE PANL interface.

Association Status corresponding to the specified DNA prefix. Possible values are associatedDNA and deassociatedDNA.

IfIndex : 155 (operational)

: 155 (configured)

MaxSubChannelRange : 63 (operational)

: 63 (configured)

DTEReceiverBW : 64000 (operational)


7-99


Note: The operational values of DTEReceiverBW and DCEReceiverBW shown in the table above correspond to the values that have been provisioned for the PANL ifIndex on the device. If the provisioned values do not match the values configured on the frame relay switch, then this table will not indicate the actual line speed of the PANL link, since the frame relay switch, acting as DCE, controls the line speed.

It is not possible to display the actual line speed via the CLI if the provisioned line speed does not match the actual line speed as determined by the frame relay switch.

show msm dteLinkStatus (entry/table)Shows the DTE link status for the IfIndices used for the MPANL link between the 4400device and the frame relay switch.

DCEReceiverBW : 64000 (operational)


DTEMaxFrameSize : 80 (operational)

: 80 (configured)

DCEMaxFrameSize 80 (operational)

80 (configured)

MaxSubChannelRange The highest DLCI number that can be used on this link. The maximum allowable DLCI on the MPANL link is 255.

DTEReceiverBW The maximum throughput in bits per second that the MPANL DTE (normally the 4400 device) is capable of receiving.

DCEReceiverBW The maximum throughput in bits per second that the MPANL DCE (normally the Passport FP) is capable of receiving.

DTEMaxFrameSize The maximum size in bytes of frames transmitted by the 4400 device to the frame relay switch.

DCEMaxFrameSize The maximum size in bytes of frames received by the 4400 device from the frame relay switch.

IfIndex : 155

LAPFStatus : up

LocalComponentName : "MPA/D1_1 MPANL/155"

RemoteComponentName : "EM/CONF2 Mpanml/600 SigMpanl"

7-100


e ary

he

show msm profileShows the entries in the MPANL signaling profile parameters table.

Uses <<mcmMSMProfileCfgGroup>> and <<nvmMSMProfileCfgGroup>> in the mcmmsm MIB.

show msm statistics (entry/table)Shows the PANL switch map connection statistics for the physical IfIndices used for thMPANL link between the device and the frame relay switch. This example is for the primWAN link on IfIndex 155. It shows the number of PANL switch map links established, tnumber of disconnects that have occurred and the number of times the link has been reestablished.

Uses <<mcmMSMStatsLAPFConnTable>> in the mcmmsm MIB>.

LAPFStatus The status (UP or DOWN) of the Link Access Procedure for Frame-mode bearer services on the PANL link.

LocalComponentName MPA is a pre-programmed identifier for the device; D1_1 is the configured node name; PANL/155 is a system-generated identifier indicating the ifIndex number of the physical port providing the PANL link.

RemoteComponentName Generated by the device software after the PANL link has been established; CONF2 is the remote node name of the frame relay switch.

NodeId : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

CustomerId : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

DNAPrefix : "[x121]" (operational)

: "[x121]" (configured)

NodeId An integer from 1 to 65535 that uniquely identifies a unit. Used as an index into the MSM Profile Table. Provisioned using define msm profile nodeid .

CustomerId An integer from 0 to 65535 that uniquely identifies the customer to which this 4400 unit belongs; used in registering the Egress table. Provisioned using define msm profile customerid .

DNAPrefix The prefix of the Directory Network Address that uniquely identifies this 4400 unit within the network topology.

7-101


show nac• cache• parameters• server• statistics

show nac cache (configured/operational) (table/entry)Uses <<nvmNacCacheTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.

IfIndex : 149

Established : 2

Disconnects : 1

TxProfile : 0

RxProfile : 0

TxRestartReq : 0

RxRestartReq : 0

DnaAssociation : 0

DnaDeassociation : 0

TxPANLInfoElements : 0

RxPANLInfoElements : 0

IfIndex IfIndex for MSM statistics in the LAP-F connections table.

Established The number of times the LAP-F connection was established.

Disconnects The number of times a LAP-F connection was broken.

TxProfile The number of profiles sent without a restart request.

RxProfile The number of profiles received without a restart request.

TxRestartReq The number of restart requests sent.

RxRestartReq The number of restart requests sent.

DnaAssociation Counter showing the number of DNA prefix associations.

DnaDeassociation Counter showing the number of DNA prefix deassociations.

TxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information elements sent.

RxPANLInfoElements Counter showing the number of PANL information elements sent.

7-102


show nac parametersUses <<nacCfgGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.

show nac server (configured/operational) (entry/table)Uses <<NacServerTable>> in the mcmnac MIB.

EgressNumber EgressDialString associated with a voice channel.

ServerIpAddress Network address of the server that resolved this entry.

DnaAddress DNA address of the unit holding this voice channel.

AddrResolveRetries : 3 (operational)

: 3 (configured)

AddrResolveTimeOut : (operational)

: (configured)

CacheStatus : (operational)

: (configured)

NumOfCacheEntries : (operational)

: (configured)

CustomerID : (operational)

AddrResolveRetries The number of times an address resolution request is sent to the server to get DNA address.

AddrResolveTimeOut The time in milliseconds after which an address resolution request will be re-sent in case the previous one is not answered.

CacheStatus Status of the caching process for previously resolved addresses. Possible values are enabled or disabled.

NumOfCacheEntries Maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in memory.

CustomerID A unique number used to identify all units belonging to a particular customer.

IpAddress Network address of the server.

Name Name of the server supplied by the user.

Status Availability status of the server to be used for address resolution. Possible values are enabled or disabled.

HelloType The interval of between transmission of two consecutive Hello messages to the server. Value shown in seconds.

ServerType Status type of the NAS server. Possible values are primary and secondary.

7-103


show nac statisticsUses <<nacStatisticsGroup>> in the mcmnac MIB.

CacheEntriesCount : 0 StaticEntriesCount : 0

RequestsCount : 0 LocalResolvedCount : 0

PurgeCount : 0 VoiceRegisterCount : 0

DNAChargeCount : 1 ServerCount : 0

ServerRequestCount : 0 ServerResolvedCount : 0

ServerNotFoundCount : 0 TimeoutCount : 0

Hello1Count : 0 Hello2Count : 0

Hello3Count : 0 RegisterCount : 0

CacheEntriesCount Number of entries currently in cache. Includes learned and static entries.

RequestsCount Total number of DNA requests received from voice.

PurgeCount Total purge requests received from voice.

DNAChangeCount Total DNA changes received from driver. These can be either learned or provisioned.

ServerRequestCount Total DN-DNA requests made to all servers.

ServerNotFoundCount Total DN-DNA requests resolved with phone number not found in server.

Hello1Count The number of keep alive hellos sent to this server.

Hello3Count The number of hellos sent that request a response. Used to revive a notAvailable server.

StaticEntriesCount Number of static entries currently in cache.

LocalResolvedCount Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of local cache.

VoiceRegisterCount Total number of re-register requests received from voice.

ServerCount Total number of servers configured to resolve addresses.

ServerResolvedCount Total number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all servers.

TimeoutCount Total number of DN-DNA requests timed out.

Hello2Count The number of hellos indicating a change in registration table to this server.

RegisterCount The number of times this server has acknowledged a registration change.

7-104


show nas• basic• mpa• statistics• system

show nas basic (entry/table)Uses <<nasDNTable>> in the mcmnas MIB.

show nas mpa (entry/table)Uses <<nasOscarTable>> in the mcmnas MIB.

show nas statistics tableUses <<nasStat>> in the mcmnas MIB.

CustomerID : INTEGER (1..65535)

DNADigits "String" (1..40)

CustomerID The unique identifier of the customer network.

DNADigits The DNA digits in ASCII format that identify a row in the table.

CustomerID : INTEGER

DNDigits "String"

CustomerID The unique identifier of the customer network.

DNADigits The DNA digits in ASCII format that identify a row in the table.

State The state of this entry in the MPA table. Possible values are valid and invalid.

IpAddress The network address used by the MPA to communicate with this NAS.

SuppDns The number of DN entries supported by this MPA. The size of the egress table.

RxDNARequests : 0 RxDNAResolveds : 0

RxDNAUnResolveds : 0 RxNACHellos : 0

RxRegisters : 0 RxUnknowns : 0

RegisterSuccess : 0 RegisterFails : 0

7-105


show nas system parametersUses <<nasBase>> in the mcmnas MIB.

TimeOuts : 0 TxNASHellos : 0

TxRegisterRequest : 0 :

RxDNARequests Address mapping requests received by this server from devices belonging to all customers served by this NAS.

RxDNAUnResolveds The number of address mapping requests this server was unable to resolve.

RxRegisters Number of register messages received by this server from devices belonging to all customers serviced by this NAS.

RegisterSuccess Number of register packets successfully serviced by this server.

TimeOuts Number of devices aged out from the database due to HELLO messages not received in time.

TxRegisterRequest Number of NAS register-request messages sent out by this NAS.

RxDNAResolveds Number of DN-DNA mappings resolved by this NAS.

RxNACHellos Number of hello messages received from all devices belonging to all customers that are serviced by this NAS.

RxUnknowns Number of unknown messages received by this server.

RegisterFails Number of device registration attempts failed by this server.

TxNASHellos Number of NAS hello messages sent out by this NAS.

AgingTime : 800 operational

: 800 configured

TableSize : 0 (operational)

NumOfRegisteredDN : 0 (operational)

7-106


ices

show portShows the parameters, values and statistics for the specified port.

• ifNumber• parameters

show port ifNumberThis option is not used.

show port parameters (entry/table)Shows communications parameters for a single IfIndex or for all of the configured IfIndin the device. Here is a sample display for IfIndex 4, the virtual port used for carrying network management traffic.

AgingTime The server age time for aging the registered Passport 4400 entries.

TableSize Number of devices belonging to all customers that are currently registered with this server.

NumOfRegisteredDN Number of registered of DNs belonging to all customers that are currently registered with this server.

IfIndex : 4

Description : "FrameRelay Virtual Port"

IfType : other

Mtu : 0

Speed : 0

PhysAddress : 0

AdminStatus : up

OperStatus : up

LastChange : 00Years 000Days 00:00:00

RxOctets : 573240

RxUnicastPackets : 2958

RxNonUnicastPackets : 0

RxDiscards : 0

RxErrors : 0

RxUnknownProtocols : 0

TxOctets : 620

TxUnicastPackets : 31

TxNonUnicastPackets : 0

7-107


7-108

TxDiscards 0

TxErrors 0

TxQueueLength 0

Specific "0.0"

Description A textual string containing information about the interface.

IfType The type of interface, distinguished according to the physical or link protocol(s) immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack; for a virtual interface, the type is Other.

Mtu Maximum Transfer Unit. The size in octets of the largest datagram that can be sent or received on this interface.

Speed An estimate of the current bandwidth of the interface in bits per second (bps).

PhysAddress The address of the interface at the protocol layer immediately below the network layer in the protocol stack. For interfaces not having such an address, an octet string of zero length will be shown.

AdminStatus Indicates whether the interface will be UP, DOWN, or in the Testing state when the next reset occurs. In the Testing state, no operational packets can be passed.

OperStatus The current operational state of the interface.

LastChange The value of SysUpTime at the time the interface entered its current operational state. If the current state was entered prior to the last system reset, this field will contain a zero value.

RxOctets The number of octets received on this interface since the last reset of the counters, including framing characters.

RxUnicastPackets The number of subnetwork-unicast packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol since the last reset of the counters.

RxNonUnicastPackets The number of subnetwork-broadcast or subnetwork-multicast packets delivered to a higher-layer protocol.

RxDiscards The number of inbound packets on this interface that were discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.

RxErrors The number of inbound packets that contained errors, thus preventing them from being delivered to a higher-layer protocol.

RxUnknownProtocols The number of packets received on this interface that were discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.

TxOctets The total number of octets transmitted out of this interface since the last reset of the counters, including framing characters.

TxUnicastPackets The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols requested be transmitted to a subnetwork-unicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.


show rsiShows the rsi system configuration parameters.

• cache• definedParameters• server• setParameters• statistics

show rsi cache (entry/table)Shows the maximum number of address resolutions cached in memory.

Uses <<RSICacheCftTable>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

TxNonUnicastPackets The total number of packets that higher-layer protocols requested be transmitted to a subnetwork-broadcast or subnetwork-multicast address, including those that were discarded or not sent.

TxDiscards The number of outbound packets on this interface that were discarded even though no errors were detected to prevent them from being transmitted.

TxErrors The number of outbound packets on this interface that could not be transmitted because of errors.

TxQueueLength The number of bytes of memory in the transmit queue for this interface.

Specific A reference to MIB definitions specific to the particular media being used for this interface.

DNDigits Specifies the dialing number sequence resolved to a DNA. Used as the index to the RSI cache configuration table.

DNAAddr The DNA address of the destination unit for the specified DN digit string.

ProfileNumber The number of the profile associated with this entry.

NumberOfHits The number of times this entry was used by this unit for resolving dialed digits.

ServerDNA The DNA address of the server that resolved this entry.

7-109


se to

show rsi definedParameters (configured/operational)Shows configuration parameters applicable to the RSI-RSA interface.

Uses <<nvmRSISysCftDefGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

show rsi server (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows the rsi server configuration. This table provides the list of servers the unit can urequest address resolutions from.

Uses <<nvmRSIServerTable>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

show rsi setParameters (configured/operational)Shows the rsi system configuration parameters. The objects in this group can be set.

Uses <<rsiSysCfgSetGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

VNCSId : 1 NumOfCacheEntries : 10

VNCSId Shows the VNCS ID for this database.

NumOfCacheEntries The maximum number of address resolutions to be cached in memory.

<DNAAddress> : "String" (1..40)

DNAAddr The RSI server DNA address specifies the DNA digits corresponding to a unique RSA. This value is used as the index to the RSI server configuration table.

Name Name of the server supplied by the user.

Type Indicates the preferred server type that that will be consulted for address resolution. Possible values are primary and secondary.

EntryRowStatus Shows the entry status for a row in the RSA table. Possible values are add, delete and active.

NumOfAddrResRequest : 1 ResReqTimeOut : 5

CacheStatus : enabled

7-110


show rsi statisticsShows the rsi statistics counter parameters.

Uses <<RSIStatisticsGroup>> in the mcmrsi MIB.

AddrResRequest Shows the number of times an address resolution request is sent to the RSA to get a DNA address.

ResReqTimeOut Shows the timeout period after which an address resolution request will be re-sent to the RSA in case the previous one is not answered. Shown in tenths of a second.

CacheStatus Shows the ability to cache previously resolved addresses or the capability to remove previously resolved addresses from the cache. Possible values are enabled, disabled or flush.

CacheCount : 0 RxDNAReqCount : 0

LocalResolvedCount : 0 RxPurgeCount : 0

ServerCount : 0 ServerRequestCount : 0

ServerResolvedCount : 0 PhoneNotFoundCount : 0

TimeoutCount : 0 RecoveryCount : 0

7-111


play tions play node.

show snmp statisticsShows statistics regarding SNMP communications. Some of the parameters in the diswill show a value of zero in implementations that are optimized to support specific functo a management agent or a management station. Note that the parameters in the disrefer to an SNMP entity. There may be several SNMP entities residing on a managed

Uses <<snmpGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

CacheCount Shows the number of entries currently in the RSI cache.

LocalResolvedCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved out of the local RSI cache.

ServerCount Shows the number of servers configured to resolve addresses.

ServerResolvedCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests resolved by all servers.

TimeoutCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests timed out.

RxDNAReqCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests received from the voice application.

RxPurgeCount Shows the number of purge requests received from the voice application.

ServerRequestCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests made to all servers.

PhoneNotFoundCount Shows the number of DN-DNA requests with phone numbers not found in servers.

RecoveryCount Shows the number of attempts to connect to all servers.

RxPackets : 323 TxPackets : 322

BadVersions : 0 RxBadCommunityNames : 0

RxBadCommunityUses : 0 RxASNParseErrors : 0

RxTooBigs : 0 RxNoSuchNames : 0

RxBadValues : 0 RxReadOnlys : 0

RxGeneralErrors : 0 RxValidGet/GetNexts : 2410

RxValidSets : 24 RxGetRequests : 81

RxGetNexts : 218 RxSetRequests : 24

RxGetResponses : 0 RxTraps : 16190

TxTooBigs : 0 TxNoSuchNames : 28

TxBadValues : 2 TxGeneralErrors : 0

TxGetRequests : 0 TxGetNexts : 0

TxSetRequests : 0 TxGetResponses : 322

TxTraps : 0 AuthenTraps : enabled

7-112


RxPackets The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP entity from the device.

TxPackets The total number of SNMP messages passed from the SNMP entity to the device.

RxBadVersions The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP entity which were for an unsupported SNMP version.

RxBadCommunity The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP entity which used an SNMP community name not known to the entity.

RxBadCommunityUses The total number of SNMP messages delivered to the SNMP entity which represented an operation not allowed by the SNMP community named in the message.

RxASNParseErrors The total number of ASN.1 or BER errors encountered by the SNMP entity when decoding received SNMP messages.

RxTooBigs The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig .

RxNoSuchNames The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName .

RxBadValues The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue .

RxReadOnlys The total number of valid SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is readOnly .

Note: It is a protocol error to generate an SNMP PDU which contains readOnly in the error-status field. This object provides a means of detecting incorrect implementations of the SNMP.

RxGeneralErrors The total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is genErr .

RxValidGet/GetNexts The total number of MIB objects that have been received successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid Get-Request and Get-Next PDUs.

RxValidSets The total number of MIB objects that have been altered successfully by the SNMP entity as a result of valid Set-Request PDUs.

RxGetRequests The total number of Get-Request PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.

RxGetNexts The total number of Get-Next PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.

RxSetRequests The total number of Set-Request PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.

RxGetResponses The total number of Get-Response PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.

7-113


RxTraps The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs that have been accepted and processed by the SNMP entity.

TxTooBigs The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is tooBig .

TxNoSuchNames The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is noSuchName .

TxBadValues The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is badValue .

TxGeneralErrors The total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity for which the value of the error-status field is genErr .

TxGetRequests The total number of Get-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP entity.

TxGetNexts The total number of Get-Nextt PDUs generated by the SNMP entity.

TxSetRequests The total number of Set-Request PDUs generated by the SNMP entity.

TxGetResponses The total number of Get-Response PDUs generated by the SNMP entity.

TxTraps The total number of SNMP Trap PDUs generated by the SNMP entity.

AuthenTraps Indicates whether or not authentication traps have been enabled. The default setting is enabled.

7-114


show systemShows system values, parameters and statistics.

• administration• card• chassisStatus• commitTrack• communityString• configUpdate• consolePort• firmware• hardware• ifIndex• image• interfaceExtension• physicalCard• privilege• restartReason• rollback• statistics• system• timeOfDay• traps

show system admininistrationShows system information used by the system administrator.

Uses the <<systemGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

ConfigVersion : "Passport_4400_Rel_3.0.0_Rev_CX 0.0.32 09/16/98 15:07:13"

ObjectID : "1.3.6.1.4.1.335.1.4"

UpTime : 00Years 001Days 17:21:19

Contact : "MIS Department"

NodeName : "U1_1"

Location : "Simi Valley, CA"

Services : 4

ConfigVersion The release number, revision number and date of the installed factory default configuration file.

ObjectID A unique number for this device; assigned by the factory.

UpTime The time the system has been running since the last reset.

7-115


in the

show system cardShows information about a single module in the device or shows a table of all modules device. The modules are designated as follows:

• Base module - limA• Serial interface modules - lim1 and lim2• Voice modules

— three Slot unit - limB and limC

— five Slot unit - limB, limC, limD and limE

Uses <<mcmSysLimTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

show system card entryShows information for each lim as specified.

show system card entry limA

This sample shows information about limA, the ethernet base module.

Contact Contact name for this unit. Provisioned using set system administration .

NodeName Unique name for this unit. Provisioned using set system administration .

Location Location name for this unit. Provisioned using set system administration .

Services Shows the number of software services currently in operation on this device.

<LogicalInterfModule> : limA | lim1|

lim2 | lim3|

lim4 | limB|

limC | limD|

limE

LogicalInterfModule : limA

ModuleName : "EBM"

PcbPartNumber : "NTAU01AA"

PcbReleaseString : " "

SerialNumber : "NNTM03Y61C6R"

ManufactureDate : "071097"

7-116


for a

7-117

show system card tableShows information for each card installed in the device. This sample shows the displaythree slot unit with an ethernet base module installed.

show system chassisStatusShows the status of the device hardware.

Uses <<mcmSysChassisGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

LogicalInterfModule : limA

ModuleName : "EBM"

PcbPartNumber : "NTAU01AA"


SerialNumber : "NNTM03Y61C6R"

ManufactureDate : "071097"

LogicalInterfModule : lim1

ModuleName : "NO_MODULE_INSTALLED"

PcbPartNumber : " "


SerialNumber : " "

ManufactureDate : " "

LogicalInterfModule : lim2

ModuleName : "NO_MODULE_INSTALLED"

PcbPartNumber : " "


SerialNumber : " "

ManufactureDate : " "

NumberOfSlots : 3Slots CoolingFan : Running

Type : type B Status : normal

PowerSupplyCnt : 1 Redundant : no

NumberOfSlots Indicates whether the device is a 3-Slot or a 5-Slot unit.

Type Specifies the type of power supply based on the type of voltage.Type A = DC voltage; Type B = AC voltage.

PowerSupplyCnt Indicates how many power supplies are in the unit.

CoolingFan Indicates the status of the cooling fan.


all of

show system commitTrackShows the counter for commit tracking.

Uses <<mcmSysCommitTrackingGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

show system communityStringShows the current password for a single community string index or the passwords for the community string indices.

Uses <<mcmSysCommunityStringTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

The following is the default community string table.

show system communityString entry

Status Indicates the general status of the unit. Possible indications are normal and fault .

Redundant Indicates whether or not the unit contains a redundant power supply.

Counter : 4

SrcIPAddrLastCommit : 127.0.0.1

CommunityLastCommit : "micom"

TimeLastCommit : 00Years 003Days 00:29:50

Counter The number of commit commands executed since the last default reset (cold start).

SrcIPAddrLastCommit The IP address of the SNMP manager that issued the last successful SET operation.

CommunityLastCommit Contains the community string (password) of the user who was logged into the CLI the last time a code or configuration bank was committed, or a confirm rollback confirm command was executed. This field is cleared after any reset, and the system inserts “micom.”

TimeLastCommit The elapsed time since a code or configuration bank was last committed. The default is all zeros.

StringIndex : nSP-Configurator | nSP-Operator |

nSP-Monitor | customer-Configurator |

customer-Operator | customer-Monitor

7-118


d by

nt port

dified

7-119

show system communityString table

show system configUpdateShows the current status of the configuration update function. ConfigUpdate is enableusing the set command.

Uses <<mcmSysSmartCfgGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

show system consolePortShows the current baud rate, data bits, stop bits and parity settings for the managemeon the ethernet base module. These values are set using the set system consoleport command.

Uses <<mcmSysConsolePortGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

The following is a sample display.

show system firmwareShows the current status of all system firmware. The display shown below has been moto fit the format of this manual.

Uses <<mcmSysFirmwareGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

StringIndex StringCommunity

nSP-Configurator "private"

nSP-Operator "public"

nSP-Monitor "proxy"

customer-Configurator "regional"

customer-Operator "core"

customer-Monitor "nortel"

ConfigUpdate : ok

BaudRate : 9600bps StopBits : 1

DataBits : 8 Parity : off

OperationType : accessRouter

CommitConfigBank : none

ConfigSaveBank : bank3

ActiveConfigBank : bank3

ConfigReadBank : bank3

CodeReadBank : bank1

CommitCodeBank : bank1


de ach sible sions ory

All non-volatile memory is logically divided into five memory banks: one bank for boot co(Bank 0), two for application code and two for configuration data. Bank 1 and Bank 2 econtain one application file; Bank 3 and Bank 4 each store one configuration file. It is posfor Passport 4400 to store two different versions of application code and two different verof configuration data. Only one version of boot code can be stored in Bank 0. The membanks are set using the set system firmware command. Other items in this display are described below.

show system hardwareShows information to identify system hardware.

Uses MMmcmHWTypeGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

CodeVersion : "Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.32 03/16/98 15:07:13"

ConfigVersion : "Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.32 03/16/98 15:07:13"

OperationType This parameter is not currently implemented.

CodeVersion The release number, revision number and date of the currently-running application code.

ConfigVersion The release number, revision number and date the configuration file was provisioned.

RevisionLevel : 8

ManufactureRevDate : "071097"

SerialNumber : "M03Y61C6R"

ModuleID : 2

MACAddress : 00:60:38:05:00:63

CPUType : "68040"

GenCfgType : passport4400

RevisionLevel The hardware revision level of the Ethernet Base Module.

ManufactureRevDate The manufacture date of the board identified by serial number below.

SerialNumber The serial number of the Ethernet Base Module of this unit.

ModuleID Factory information only.

MACAddress The MAC address of the Ethernet port on the base module.

CPUType Indicates the CPU type for this access device.

GenCfgType Indicates the model type for this access device.

7-120


Data own

show system IfIndex (configured/operational)Shows all IfIndices associated with the device.

Uses <<nvmSysIfExtTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

The following IfIndex numbers are hard-coded.

The device supports up to 19 WAN ports: 3 on the base module, and 8 on each of twoExpansion Modules (DEMs). The WAN ports are assigned fixed ifIndex numbers as shin the tables below.

Base Module

IfIndex IfExtType PPA Slot

1 ethernetCsmacd 0 limA

2 propVirtual 0 limA

3 other 0 limA


5 propMultiplexor 1 limA

6 other 1 limA

7 propMultiplexo 2 limA

8 other 2 limA

9 frameRelay 2 limA

IfIndex Description

1Logical interface for frame relay SVCs associated with frame relay pass-through on serial Port 1.

2 Virtual port for user LAN traffic (frame relay).

3 Virtual port for bridging.

4 Virtual port for network management traffic (frame relay).

Port Number IfIndex - Port IfIndex - Connector IfIndex - Frame Relay

1 150 151 not defined

2 153 154 149

3 156 157 148

7-121


Data Expansion Module 1

Data Expansion Module 2


1 159 160 161

2 162 163 164

3 165 166 167

4 168 169 170

5 171 172 173

6 174 175 176

7 177 178 179

8 180 181 182


1 183 184 185

2 186 187 188

3 189 190 191

4 192 193 194

5 195 196 197

6 198 199 200

7 201 202 203

8 204 205 206

7-122


s

Note: When the hardware is installed, the port and connector ifIndex values are assigned. The frame relay ifIndex number is only assigned when the port is configured with a protocol support type of frameRelayDTE or frameRelayDCE.

Following is a typical IfIndex Table for a device containing two Data Expansion Module(DEMs) and an Analog Voice Module.

1 ethernetCsmacd 0 limA


3 other 0 limA


7 other 0 limA

8 other 0 limA


151 other 1 limA

152 frameRelayService 1 limA


154 v35 2 limA

155 frameRelay 2 limA

159 propMultiplexor 1 lim1

160 other 1 lim1

161 frameRelayService 1 lim1


163 other 2 lim1

164 frameRelayService 2 lim1


166 other 3 lim1


169 other 4 lim1


184 other 1 lim2


187 other 2 lim2


190 other 3 lim2


193 other 4 lim2

7-123


show system imageShows information about the software associated with each operational ifIndex in the Passport 4400.

Uses <<mcmSysFirmwareImageTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

Here is a display for IfIndices 1, 2 and 3.

Items listed by the show system image command are defined here:

Note: During a TFTP software download, you cannot display system image information. This is because any read access to a flash memory bank would abort a write operation in progress on that memory bank.

show system InterfaceExtension (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows extended information about a single configured or operational ifIndex.

Uses <<nvmSysIfExtTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

The example shows the display from the show system interfaceExtension configuration entry 3 command.

Index : 1

Bank : bank0

Software : boot

Filename : "BT2_0_0.BOOT"

Version :

"Passport_4400_Rel_2.0.0_Rev_AX 0.0.23 03/31/98 18:47:58"

Size : 219032

CommitStatus : committed

BurnCount : 0

Bank The memory bank where the software module for this ifIndex is stored.

Software The type of software: boot, code, or config.

Filename The filename of the software module running on this ifIndex.

Version The release number and revision level of the software module.

Size The size of the software module in bytes.

CommitStatus Committed (write-protected) or uncommitted.

BurnCount The number of writes to Flash memory that have occurred since the last default reset (cold start).

Ifindex : 3

IfExtName : 0

7-124


n all

s to the ber

Items listed by the show system interfaceExtension command are listed here.

Note: The Channel Number object displays a value of -1 for all modules except the ISDN. When an ISDN module is installed, an actual channel number value will be displayed

Channel Number

The channel number is used along with the slot and PPA number to uniquely identify ainterface within a device type; however, the channel number itself is not unique acrossdevice types.

For interfaces describing serial data connections (data ports), the channel number referphysical data channel. For interfaces describing DSP voice channels, the channel num

IfExtType : other

LnkUpDownTrapEnable : yes

ConnectorPresent : no

PersistenceType : non-volatile

IfExtState : configured

PPA : 0

Slot : limA

Channel : -1

PPADevicesType : loopDriver

IfExtName A pre-programmed interface name. If the interface does not have a name, a 0 is used.

IfExtType The type of interface.

LnkUpDownTrapEnable Indicates whether or not a trap will be generated when the link goes UP or DOWN.

ConnectorPresent Yes if the interface is physical; No if the interface is logical or virtual.

PersistenceType Indicates whether the Persistence Type is volatile or non-volatile.

IfExtState Indicates whether or not this ifExt entry is configured.

PPA The PPA number of the interface. Assigned internally. See show system ifIndex for more information.

Slot The Passport 4400 slot where the interface is located. Slots are named, not numbered. The Base Module is limA; Data Expansion Modules are lim1, lim2, lim 3, lim 4 and voice modules are limB, limC, limD, and limE.

Channel Used for serial data connections and for DSP voice channels. See explanation below.

PPADevicesType Indicates the PPA device type of this interface.

7-125


hannel

ule

SP-

s led,

refers to the corresponding voice channel number. For interface types that do not use cnumber, the value of -1 is used.

show system physicalCardShows a list of the hardware modules currently installed in the device.

Uses <<mcmSysPhysTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

The example shows a 5-slot unit with two data expansion modules and one voice modinstalled.

show system privilegeShows the current system community string privilege level for the local CLI port. The nConfigurator value is the highest privilege.

Uses <<mcmSysValidateCommunityString>> in the mcmsys MIB.

To display a complete list of privilege levels and their passwords, use the show system communitystring table command.

show system RestartReasonShows the type of reset last used on the local Passport 4400. Where the last reset wainitiated by the system, the display will indicate: unknown. Where the unit is power-cycthe display will indicate UnknownHardwareFault . Other possible RestartReason responses are cliCurrentReset, hwButtonOrCLICPUReset or hwButtonDefaultUnknownSWState .

Uses <<mcmSysResetGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

A sample display is shown here.

PhysicalInterfModule LogicalInterfModule

1 limA

2 lim1

3 lim2

4 limB

5 none

LastCommunPrivLev : nSP-Configurator

RestartReason : CLIDefaultResetUnknownSWState

TimeOfLastReset : " "

7-126


s will

the

made;

n reset.

ory.

show system rollbackShows the current status of the system rollback feature. If rollback is disabled, the statuindicate not-required. If rollback is enabled, the status will be one of the following:

• required - configuration changes have been made, the unit has been reset, and confirm rollback confirm command has NOT been issued.

• not-required - the unit has been reset, but no configuration changes have been rollback is not required even though it is enabled.

• next-reset - configuration changes have been made, but the unit has not yet bee

Uses <<mcmSysRollbackGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

A sample display is shown here.

Note: When the status is required and a confirm rollback confirm command is executed, the status will change to not-required . Subsequently, if further configuration changes are made, the status will change to next-reset until a reset command is issued.

show system statisticsShows the current system utilization percentages for CPU, internal RAM and link bandwidth.

Uses <<mcmSysUtilGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

Note: The LinkTxBWUtilization and LinkRxBWUtilization percentages shown in this table are based on the line speed that is indicated by the show wan parameters port configured table command. The baud rate shown on this display may not equal the actual bandwidth of the link. If there is a discrepancy, set the correct line speed using the define wan port baudrate command.

show system systemShows current system configuration for the CPU, physical ports, RTC battery and mem

Uses <<mcmSysCfgGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

Feature : disable

Status : not-required

CPUUtilization : 1 LinkTxBWUtilization : 0

InterRAMUtilization : 82 LinkRxBWUtilization : 0

CPUConfig : companion040

PrimaryWANPort : present

7-127


figured

the .

Most of the parameters are self-explanatory. The others are defined here.

show system timeOfDayShows the current date and time of day as entered with the set system timeofday command. The date is displayed in mm/dd/yyyy format.

Uses <<mcmSysTimeOfDayGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

show system traps trapSubscription (entry/table)Shows the IP addresses and community strings of the workstations that have been conto receive trap messages.

Uses <<mcmSysTrapSubscriptionTable>> in the mcmsys MIB.

show system traps thresholdShows the current utilization percentages that will trigger trap messages to be sent to designated network management stations. The default threshold percentages are 90%

Uses <<mcmSysTrapThresholdGroup>> in the mcmsys MIB.

PriWANPortPhyMedia : generalserial

DCESerPortPhyMedia : v35

QUICCExpanModule1 : notPresent

QUICCExpanModule2 : notPresent

RTCBatteryStatus : batteryOK

DRAMSize : 8Mbytes

FlashMemorySize : 8Mbytes

CPUConfig The name of the CPU physically installed in the unit.

PriWANPortPhyMedia The type of interface installed in Port 2 of the Base Module. Options are general serial, ISDN, 56K, and T1.

DCESerPortPhyMedia The DCE serial port on the Ethernet Base Module is always V.35

05/18/1998 12:00:08 Monday

IpAddress IP address of the SNMP Manager subscribing Traps.

CommunityString Community string for this subscriber.

Action Subscription action. Possible values are subscribe or cancel.

CPUUtilThres : 90

BandwidthUtilThres : 90

RAMUtilThres : 90

7-128


CPUUtilThres Shows the configured threshold fo CPU Utilization.

BandwidthUtilThres Shows the configured threshold for bandwidth utilization.

RAMUtilThres Shows the configured threshold fo RAM utilization.

7-129


show tcp• connection• parameters

show tcp connection (entry/table)Uses <<tcpConnTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

State : listen

LocalAddress : 0.0.0.0

LocalPort : 23

RemoteAddress : 0.0.0.0

RemotePort : 0

State State of this TCP connection. Possible values:

• closed

• listen

• synSent

• synReceived

• established

• finWait1

• finWait2

• closeWait

• lastAck

• closing

• timeWait

• deleteTCB

LocalAddress The local IP address for this TCP connection. The value 0.0.0.0 is used when a connection is in a listen state and will accept connections for any IP interface associated with the node.

LocalPort The local port number for this TCP connection.

RemoteAddress The remote IP address for this TCP connection.

RemotePort The remote port number for this TCP connection.

7-130


show tcp parametersUses <<tcpGroup>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

RetranTimeOutAlgorit : vanj

RetranTimeOutMin : 133 RetranTimeOutMax : 133333

MaxConnect : 256 ActiveOpens : 0

PassiveOpens : 0 AttemptFails : 0

EstablishedResets : 0 CurrentEstablish : 0

RxSegments : 0 TxSegments : 0

RetranSegments : 0 RxErrors : 0

TxResets : 0 :

7-131


show tftpShows the current status of tftp metrics.

• error• parameters• state

RetranTimeOutAlgorit The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting unacknowledged octets. Possible values are listed here:

• other - none of the following

• constant - a constant rto

• rsre - MIL-STD-1778, Appendix B

• canj - Van Jacobson's algorithm

RetranTimeOutMin The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.

MaxConnect The limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity can support. Where the maximum number of connections is dynamic, this object should show the value -1.

PassiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-RCVD state from the LISTEN state.

EstablishedResets The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE-WAIT state.

RxSegments The number of segments received, including those received in error. This count includes segments received on currently established connections.

RetranSegments The number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted octets.

TxResets The number of segments sent, including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted octets.

RetranTimeOutMax The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission timeout. Shown in milliseconds.

ActiveOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN-SENT state from the CLOSED state.

AttemptFails The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN-SENT state or the SYN-RCVD state, plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN-RCVD state.

CurrentEstablish The number of TCP connections where the current state is either ESTABLISHED or CLOSE- WAIT.

7-132


show tftp errorShows errors transmitted via tftp.

Uses <<mcmTFTPErrorStatusGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.

LastOperStatus : idle

ServerIPAddr : 0.0.0.0

FileName : " "

TransferBank : none

PortNo : 0

LastOperStatus Shows the error status of last TFTP operation.

• idle - No download has been done.

• download-success - A download completed without error

• out-of-memory - Not enough free memory

• flash-error - Could not write to flash memory

• download-failed -Download failed for an unknown reason

• chksum-error - The file to download has a checksum error

• retrieving-file - The file to download is being retrieved

• protocol-error - TFTP had an error talking to the server

• server-error - The TFTP server sent error message. Could be a bad file name.

• timeout - Could be bad IP address or network error

• connection-error - Setup of connection failed \

• bad-file - The file to be download was rejected

ServerIPAddr The IP Address of the last TFTP Server.

FileName The filename and path (in ASCII) of the previously downloaded file.

TransferBank Shows the bank number for the last TFTP attempt.

PortNo Shows the port number for the last TFTP attempt.

7-133


ing.

show tftp parametersUses <<mcmTFTPParamGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.

show tftp stateShows the current status of the TFTP interface. Possible values are idle and download

Uses <<mcmTFTPStatusGroup>> in the mcmdnld MIB.

ServerIPAddress : 0.0.0.0 (operational)

: 0.0.0.0 (configured)

RemoteFileName : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

TimeOut : 0 (operational)

10 (configured)

RetransmissionCount : (operational)

: 3 (configured)

PortNumber : 69 (operational)

: 69 (configured)

ConfigUpload : bank3 (operational)

: bank3 (configured)

ServerIPAddress The IP Address of the TFTP Server.

RemoteFileName The filename and path (in ASCII) to be downloaded.

TimeOut The TFTP timeout period in seconds.

RetransmissionCount The number of times the TFTP request will be repeated for un-responsive TFTP servers.

PortNumber The port number for the TFTP server.

ConfigUpload The configuration bank receiving the TFTP data.

State : idle

7-134


he

show tmShows traffic management status and parameters.

• global• parameters• statistics• status

show tm globalShows global traffic management link status. These objects are provisioned by using tdefine tm command discussed in Chapter 3 of this manual.

Uses <<mcmTMGlobalParamGroup>> in the mcm2tm MIB.

show tm parameters (entry/table)Shows traffic management parameter values for each port.

Uses <<mcmTMclassParamTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.

RateEnforcement : disabled (operational)


LineEfficiency : disabled (operational)


WeightedRoundRobin : disabled (operational)


RateEnforcement Shows the status of rate enforcement as enabled or disabled.

LineEfficiency Shows the status of line efficiency as enabled or disabled.

WeightedRoundRobin Shows the status of weighted round robin as enabled or disabled.

WANPhysicalPortNum : 2

FRDlciNu : 16

MPANLDlciNum : 16

Priority : 7

CommittedInfoRate : 64000

ExcessInfoRate : 0

MaxBurstByteSz : 8000

7-135


show tm statistics (entry/table)Shows traffic management statistics for each port.

Uses <<mcmTMclassStatsTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.

MaxBurstFrmSz : 50

AvgPacketSize : 1000

MaxPacketSize : 1500

DeltaTime : 5

ConsecutiveFrame : 10

WANPhysicalPortNum The WAN physical port number.

FRDlciNu The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.

MPANLDlciNum The MPANL DLCI identifying the virtual connection.

Priority The emission priority of the class. Shown as a number from 1 to 8 where 1 is the highest priority and 8 is the lowest.

CommittedInfoRate The committed information rate of the class. The possible range is 0 to the maximum bandwidth of the link. Shown in bits per second.

ExcessInfoRate The excess information rate of the class. The excess bandwidth required to accommodate momentary bursts of traffic. Shown in bits per second.

MaxBurstByteSz The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in bytes.

MaxBurstFrmSz The maximum burst allowed for this class shown in frames.

AvgPacketSize The average packet size that will be transmitted by this class in bytes.

MaxPacketSize The maximum packet size that will be transmitted by this class in bytes.

DeltaTime The delta time used for FECN bit management. Counts of frames received with the FECN bit set and cleared are maintained for this amount of time and are used to increase or decrease throughput rate as per Q.922 Appendix I.

ConsecutiveFrame The number of consecutive frames received with the BECN bit set which causes a transmit rate reduction. Any range may be specified by the LMI user at the time of the DCLI assignment.


FRDlciNum : 16

MPANLDlciNum : 0

7-136


TxTotalBytes : 141620

TxTotalFrames : 17690

TxTotalFrags : 17690

RxTotalBytes : 35460

RxTotalFrames : 17690

RxTotalFrags : 17690

PktsDiscQueFull : 0

PktsDiscQueOverflow : 0

EmissionQueueFai : 0

EmissionQueueFull : 0

RxTotalFecnClea : 0

RxTotalFecnSet : 0

RxTotalBecn : 0


FRDlciNum The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.


TxTotalBytes The total number of bytes transmitted by this class.

TxTotalFrames The total number of frames transmitted by this class.

TxTotalFrags The total number of fragments transmitted by this class.

RxTotalBytes The total number of bytes received by this class.

RxTotalFrames The total number of frames received by this class.

RxTotalFrags The total number of fragments received by this class.

PktsDiscQueFull The number of packets discarded because the traffic shaping queue was full.

PktsDiscQueOverflow The number of packets discarded because the traffic shaping queue overflowed.

EmissionQueueFail The number of packets discarded because the packet submission to emission queue failed.

EmissionQueueFull The number of times an attempt was made to submit the frame to emission queue by TM but the emission queue was full.

RxTotalFecnClea The number of frames received with FECN bi off for this class.

RxTotalFecnSet The total number of frames received with FECN bit set for this class.

RxTotalBecn The total number of frames received with BECN bit set for this class.

7-137


show tm status (entry/table)Shows traffic management parameter status.

Uses <<mcmTMclassStateTable>> in the mcm2tm MIB.


FRDlciNum : 16

MPANLDlciNum : 16

CurrentInfoRate : 64000

MinInfoRate : 0

AvgTxRate : 0

BytesQueued : 0

FramesQueued : 0


FRDlciNum The DLCI of the tunneling PVC.


CurrentInfoRate The current information rate for this VC. Shown in bits per second.

MinInfoRate The minimum information rate for this VC. Shown in bits per second.

AvgTxRate The average transmit rate on this VC. Shown in bits per second.

BytesQueued The number of bytes in the transmit queue for this VC.

FramesQueued The number of frames in the transmit queue of this VC.

7-138


s. CLI

show trapsShows general objects which identity the system’s trap parameters, values and statisticwill show a list of traps or the following message:

No Traps Pending

show t1e1Shows the t1/e1 parameters, values and statistics for the following T1 or E1 objects.

• ds0Connect• ds0Signaling• lineParameters• lineStatus• portParameters• portStatus• profile• statistics• systemClock• systemStatus• testResult

show t1e1 ds0Connect (entry/table)Shows the value of the object that selects the DS0 channels for the t1/e1 connection.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1Ds0ChConnTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

LineIndex : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) | networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1=L2)

DS0Index : INTEGER (1..30)

LineIndex The T1/E1 line identification. Used as an index to the T1/E1 DS0 channel connection configuration table.

7-139


.

show t1e1 lineParameters (entry/table)Shows the table that provides the 4400 t1/e1 line display parameters.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show t1e1 lineStatus (entry/table)Shows the table that provides the 4400 t1/e1 line statistic counters display parameters

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineStatus>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

DS0Index Shows the T1/E1 DS0 time slot connected. Used as an index to the T1/E1 DS0 Channel Connection table. (For T1, the maximum value is 24.)

ConnState Shows the connection state for the specified line and DS0 index. Possible values are listed here.

• idle

• bypassVoice

• bypassData

• toWANPort1 or toWANPort2

• toDataPort1 or toDataPort2

• toDVMChannelB1 through toDVMChannelB6

• toDVMChannelC1 through toDVMChannelC12

• toDVMChannelD1 through toDVMChannelD12



ConfigProfileNum Shows the profile for the specified T1/E1.

• 1 - default profile number for local line.

• 2 - default profile number for network line.



Interface Shows the interface type as either T1 or E1.

Impedance Shows the impedance for the specified line. Possible values are line120ohm and line75ohm.

7-140


show t1e1 portParameters (entry/table)Shows entries in the 4400 t1/e1 data port parameter table.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1DPCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show t1e1 portStatus (entry/table)Shows entries in the 4400 t1/e1 data port display table.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1DPStatusTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

TestMode Shows if the specified line is in a loopback test mode. Possible values are none, inLineLoopback, inChannelLoopback orin-ChannelPatternTest.

TestingDS0Ch Shows which DS0 channel is in channel loopback or channel pattern test mode now.

AISAlarm Indicates if the AIS (Alarm Indication Signal) alarm is preset for the specified line.

RedAlarm Indicates if the Red alarm is preset for the specified line.

YellowAlarm Indicates if the Yellow alarm is preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for E1.)

TS16AIS Indicates if the TS16 (Time Slot 16) AIS alarm is preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)

OOSMFAlarm Indicates if the OOSMF (Out Of Signal Multi-Frame) alarm is pre-set for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)

MFASAlarm Shows if the MFAS (Multi-Frame Alignment Signal - Y bit) alarm is preset for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)

FASAlarm Indicates if the FAS (Frame Alignment Signal - A bit) alarm is pre-set for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)

OOCMFAlarm Indicates if the OOCMF (Out Of CRC Multi-Frame) alarm is pre-set for the specified line. (Not applicable for T1.)

PortNumber : port1 | port2

PortNum The T1/E1 port number used as an index to the T1/E1 data port configuration table.

DataRate Shows the baud rate for the specified data port. Possible values are rate64kbps and rate56kbps.

Clock Shows the clock source for the specified data port. Possible val-ues are internalClock and tailClock.

DTRCntl Shows the DTR control for the specified data port. Possible val-ues are normal and forcedOn.

RTSCntl Shows the RTS control for the specified data port. Possible val-ues are normal and forcedOn.

7-141


show t1e1 profile (entry/table)Shows the entries in the Passport 4400 t1/e1 profile configuration table.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1ProfCfgTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

PortNumber : port1 | port2

PortNumber Shows the data port number used as the index to the T1/E1 data port status display table.

DTRInputSt Indicates the current DTR state for the specified data port. Pos-sible values are on or off.

RTSInputSt Shows the current RTS state for the specified data port. Possible values are on or off.

DSROutputSt Indicates the current DSR state for the specified data port. Pos-sible values are on or off.

DCDOutputSt Shows the current DCD state for the specified data port. Possible values are on or off.

CTSOutputSt Indicates the current CTS state for the specified data port. Pos-sible values are on or off.

Profile : INTEGER

ProfileNum Shows the profile number used as an index to the T1/E1 profile configuration table.

T1FrameFmt Shows the T1 frame format used in the line. Possible values are superFrame or extendedSuperFrame.

T1LineCode Shows the T1 coding format used in the line. Possible values are aMI or b8ZS.

E1LineCode Shows the E1 coding format used in the line. Values include aMI or HDB3.

IdleCode Shows the code filled in the line when idle. The default value is ’7f’h.

T1LineBuildOut Shows the cable length attached to the specified T1 line.

T1Loopback Shows the status of the T1 line loopback. Possible values are en-abled or disabled. Enabled is expected as default for a local T1 line profile. Disabled is expected as default for a network T1 line profile.

E1CRC4 Shows whether the E1 line CRC4 is enabled or disabled.

E1TS16Conn Indicates where the TS16 line goes for T1. Possible values are toCAS, idle, bypass, toDataPort1, toDataPort2.

7-142


ible

twork

show t1e1 statistics (entry/table)Shows the entries in 4400 t1/e1/ line statistics display table.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1LineStatsTable>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show t1e1 systemClockShows the value of the object that specifies where the system clock comes from. Possvalues are networkLineExternal, localLineExternal or internal.

Uses <<t1e1-r2-configuration>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show t1e1 systemStatusShows the operation status of the T1/E1 control units. Possible values are dead, aliveButNotReady, downloadFail, downloadInProgress and normal.

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1SysStatusGroup>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show t1e1 testResultShows which T1/E1 line has a DS0 channel in test mode. Possible values are local, neor none.

LineIndex : localEnd (T1=DSX-1 E1=L1) | networkEnd (T1=DS-1 E1-L2)

LineIndex The T1/E1 line identification. Used as an index to the T1/E1 DS0 line statistics table.

Interface Indicates the interface type as either T1 or E1.

FramingBitError Shows the framing bit errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For T1, 0 will be returned.

LineCdViolation Shows the line code violations on the specified line.

FarEndBlkError Shows the far end block errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For T1, 0 will be returned.

CRCError Shows the CRC errors on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For T1, 0 will be returned.

BufferOverrun Shows the buffer overruns on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For T1, 0 will be returned.

BufferUnderrun Shows the buffer underruns on the specified line. Valid for E1 only. For T1, 0 will be returned.

FrmSyncBitError Shows the frame synchronization bit errors on the specified line. Valid for T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.

OutOfFrame Shows the total frame slips on the specified line. Valid for T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.

TotalFrameSlip Shows the out of frame statistics on the specified line. Valid for T1 only. For E1, 0 will be returned.

7-143


local

Uses <<mcm4400t1e1ChTestResultsGroup>> in the mcm2t1e1 MIB.

show udpShows the configuration tables for the udp (user datagram protocol).

• listen• statistics

show udp listenThe UDP listener table contains information about the entity’s UDP end-points when a application is currently accepting datagrams.

Uses <<udpTable>> in the rfc1213 MIB.

show udp listen (entry/table)

show udp statisticsShows udp statistics. Uses the udp group from the rfc1213 MIB.

LocalAddress LocalPort

0.0.0.0 161

0.0.0. 162

0.0.0.0 1000

0.0.0.0 1025

0.0.0.0 1026

0.0.0.0 17185

127.0.0.1 1024

LocalAddress Shows the local IP address for this UDP listener. When there is a UDP listener that is willing to accept datagrams for any IP interface associated with this node, the value 0.0.0.0 is used.

LocalPort The local port number for this UDP listener.

RxDatagrams : 342 NumberOfPorts : 1

RxErrors : 0 TxDatagrams : 341

7-144


ith

d

show voiceShows VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying a voice channel, wits corresponding voice profile.

• channelStatus• egressTable• ingressTable• parameters• profile• statistics• switching

show voice channelStatusShows channel status actions on the specified voice channel. Specify card number anchannel number of use table.

Uses <<mcmVNETChStatusTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

RxDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams delivered to UDP users.

RxErrors The number of received UDP datagrams that could not be deliv-ered for reasons other than the lack of an application at the des-tination port.

NumberOfPorts The total number of UDP datagrams received for which there was no application at the destination port.

TxDatagrams The total number of UDP datagrams sent from this entity.

CardNumber : limB

ChannelNumber : 2

InterfaceType : enhancedLoopStartFxo

SoftwareId : 21

EMType : notApplicable

ModelId : notApplicable

DSPOperStatus : idle

NetworkConnect : idle

RemoteChHWType : " "

RemoteChNodeName : " "

RemoteChNumber : " "

RemoteChSigProtocol : " "

RemoteFrameIfVer : 0

RemoteChVoiceAlg : " "

RemoteChFaxAlg : " "

RemoteChModemAlg : " "

7-145


SelfTestResult : passed

FlashEPROMStatus : valid

EPROMStatus : notInstalled

DSPPromVersion : "x4J"

PromId : "2261"

CardNumber The card number LIM (logical interface module) for a partic-ular voice channel. Used as an index to the VNET voice channel status display table.

ChannelNumber The position of the voice channel in the lim.

InterfaceType Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.

SoftwareId Shows the software version ID of the specified voice chan-nel.

EMType Shows the E&M type of the specified voice channel. This val-ue is for E&M interface channels only. Other interface types will show notApplicable .

ModelId Shows the hardware module type for the specified DVM voice channel. Possible values are T1 or E1.

DSPOperStatus Shows the current DSP status of the specified voice channel.

NetworkConnect Shows the current channel network connect status of the specified voice channel. Possible values are shown here.

• idl

• callInProgress

• locallyConnected

• remotelyConnected

• disconnectInProgress

RemoteChHWType Shows the remote voice channel hardware type correspond-ing to the specified voice channel. This will be the NULL string if the specified voice channel is not connected.

RemoteChNodeName Shows the remote voice channel node name corresponding to the specified voice channel.

RemoteChNumber Shows the remote voice channel number corresponding to the specified voice channel.

RemoteChSigProtocol Shows the remote voice channel signal protocol.

RemoteFrameIfVer Shows the remote voice channel interface type correspond-ing to the specified voice channel.

RemoteChVoiceAlg Shows the final negotiated voice algorithm running on both sides of a voice channel connection.

7-146


ter 5 of

show voice egressTableShows values as they are listed in the egress table. These objects are defined in Chapthis manual under the set voice egressTable command.

Uses <<mcmVNETEgressDigManipTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

RemoteChFaxAlg Shows the final negotiated voice fax algorithm and maximum speed running on both sides of a voice fax channel connec-tion.

RemoteChModemAlg Shows the final negotiated voice modem algorithm and max-imum speed running on both sides of a voice modem chan-nel connection.

SelfTestResult Shows the results of a self test performed on the specified voice channel.

FlashEPROMStatus Shows the current flash EPROM status in the DSP of the specified voice channel. Possible values are shown here.

• notInstalled

• valid

• erased

• invalidChecksum

• noAnalogInterfaceDriver

• securityViolation

EPROMStatus Shows the current EPROM status in the DSP of the specified voice channel. Possible values are shown here.

• notInstalled

• currentlyOperating

• presentButNotOperating

DSPPromVersion Shows the DSP PROM version of the specified voicechannel.

PromId Shows the PROM ID of the specified voice channel.

EgressIndex : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

PhoneNumber : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

ManipulationString : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

ChannelList : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

7-147


ter 5 of

el

show voice ingressTableShows values as they are listed in the ingress table. These objects are defined in Chapthis manual under the set voice ingressTable command.

Uses <<mcmVNETIngressDigManipTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

show voice parametersShows the VNET voice channel configuration parameters for identifying a voice channwith its corresponding voice profile.

Uses <<mcmVNETChCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

IngressIndex : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

IngressNumber : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

ManipulationString : " " (operational)

: " " (configured)

CardNumber : limB (operational)

: limB (configured)

ChannelNumber : 2 (operational)

: 2 (configured)

ProfileID : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

SwitchingProfileID : 1 (operational)

: 1 (configured)

InterfaceType : enhancedLoopStartFxo (operational)

: enhancedLoopStartFxo (configured)

CardNumber The card lim (logical interface module) number of a particular voice channel.


ProfileID Shows the profile identification number used to configure the specified voice channel.

SwitchingProfileID Shows the profile identification number used for a switching call.

InterfaceType Shows the interface type of the specified voice channel.

7-148


show voice profileShows the current VNET Voice Profile Configuration and Operational tables.

show voice profile configured

These parameters are defined in Chapter 5 of this manual under the set voice profile command.

Uses <<mcmVNETProfileCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

Profile : 1 (configured)

Mode : voiceFax (configured)

DigitizingRate : rateG729 (configured)

InputLevelGain : 0 (configured)

OutputLevelAtten : 0 (configured)

BusyOutMode : systemControlled (configured)

Bandwidth : voiceActivated (configured)

Background : regenerated (configured)

PulseRate : 10PulsesPerSecs (configured)

EMSignalFormat : dc (configured)

FXSSignalFormat : interruptedRing (configured)

DVMSignalFormat : tieTrunk (configured)

NumOfRings : 1 (configured)

AnalogOperation : fourWire (configured)

RingFrequency : 25Hz (configured)

FaxDigitizingRate : voiceRate (configured)

DiscSupervision : tone (configured)

LineImpedance : 600ohms (configured)

MaxOutputLevel : 0dBmNominal (configured)

RegenerationDelay : dtmf (configured)

DialDigitTimeLimit : 10 (configured)

MaxNumFwdDigits : 7 (configured)

RegenerationFormat : dtmf (configured)

CallProgressTone : northAmerica (configured)

DTMFToneDetector : enable (configured)

Jitter : 50 (configured)

EchoCanceller : enable (configured)

AutoGainControl : disable (configured)

CompanderFormat : uLaw (configured)

PremiumVoice : disabled (configured)

EndOfDialChaStatus : disable (configured)

7-149


show voice profile operational

These parameters are defined in Chapter 5 of this manual under the set voice profile command.

Uses <<mcmVNETProfileCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

Profile : 1 (operational)

Mode : voiceFax (operational)

DigitizingRate : rateG729 (operational)

InputLevelGain : 0 (operational)

OutputLevelAtten : 0 (operational)

BusyOutMode : systemControlled (operational)

Bandwidth : voiceActivated (operational)

Background : regenerated (operational)

PulseRate : 10PulsesPerSecs (operational)

EMSignalFormat : dc (operational)

FXSSignalFormat : interruptedRing (operational

DVMSignalFormat : tieTrunk (operational)

NumOfRings : 1 (operational)

AnalogOperation : fourWire (operational)

RingFrequency : 25Hz (operational)

FaxDigitizingRate : voiceRate (operational)

DiscSupervision : toneational)

LineImpedance : 600ohms (operational)

MaxOutputLevel : 0dBmNominal (operational)

RegenerationDelay : (operational)

DialDigitTimeLimit : 10 (operational)

MaxNumFwdDigits : 7 (operational)

RegenerationFormat : dtmf (operational)

CallProgressTone : northAmerica (operational)

DTMFToneDetector : enable (operational)

Jitter : 50 (operational)

EchoCanceller : enable (operational)

AutoGainControl : disable (operational)

CompanderFormat : uLaw (operational)

PremiumVoice : disabled (operational)

EndOfDialChaStatus : disable (operational)

7-150


show voice statisticsShows VNET voice statistics.

• channel• network

7-151


show voice statistics channelShows voice channel statistics.

Uses <<mcmVNETNetStatsGroup>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

CardNumber : limB

ChannelNumber : 1

ConnTimeOfOutCall : 0

ConnTimeOfIncomCall : 0

NumOfOutCallSucceed : 0

NumOfOutCallFailed : 0

NumOfIncCallAccepte : 0

NumOfIncCallRejected : 0

NumOfResets : 1

NumOfRetries : 1

RxBBCFrames : 0

RxBEOFFrames : 0

LostSpeechFrames : 0

LostControlFrames : 0

RxInvalPayloadFrame : 0

RxInvalPUMPMsg : 0

CardNumber The card lim (logical interface module) number of a particular voice channel.


ConnTimeOfOutCall Shows the total connection time since the last sta-tistics reset for the specified voice channel outgoing calls. Value shown in seconds.

ConnTimeOfIncomCall Shows the total connection time since the last sta-tistics reset for the specified voice channel incom-ing calls. This value excludes local calls.

NumOfOutCallSucceed Shows the total number of positive call responses sent from the remote DSP since the last statistics reset for the specified voice channel.

NumOfOutCallFailed Shows the total number of negative call responses sent from the remote DSP since the last statistics reset for the specified voice channel.

NumOfIncCallAccepted Shows the total number of positive call responses sent to the remote DSP since the last statistics re-set for the specified voice channel.

7-152


7-153

show voice statistics networkShows voice network statistics.

Uses <<mcmVNETNetStatsGroup>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

NumOfIncCallRejected Shows the total number of negative call responses sent to the remote DSP since the last statistics re-set for the specified voice channel.

NumOfResets Shows the total number of resets sent to the DSP corresponding to the specified voice channel.

NumOfRetries Shows the total number of no responses sent from the DSP since the last DSP reset corresponding to the specified voice channel

RxBBCFrames Shows the number of frames with Bad Byte Count received from the DSP corresponding to the speci-fied voice channel.

RxBEOFFrames Shows the number of frames with Bad End Of Frame character received from the DSP corre-sponding to the specified voice channel.

LostSpeechFrames Shows the number of speech frames sent by the re-mote that were lost since power up corresponding to the specified voice channel.

LostControlFrames Shows the number of control frames sent by the re-mote that were lost corresponding to the specified voice channel.

SucceededOutSVCCalls : 0 FailedOutSVCCalls : 0

AcceptedInSVCCalls : 0 RejectedInSVCCalls : 0

SucceededDNARequest : 0 FailedDNARequests : 0

FailedBuffAllocation : 0 NumOfActiveCalls : 0

SucceededOutSVCCalls Shows the number of successful SVC calls since the last network statistics reset.

FailedOutSVCCalls Shows the total number of unsuccessful SVC calls since the last network statistics reset.

AcceptedInSVCCalls Shows the total number of SVC calls accepted by this access device since the last network statistics reset.

RejectedInSVCCalls Shows the total number of SVC calls rejected by this access device since the last network statistics reset.

SucceedDNARequest Shows the number of successful DNA requests re-ceived by this access device since the last network statistics reset.


show voice switchingShows the object values that indicate the profile used for a switching call.

Uses <<mcmVNETSwProfCfgTable>> in the mcm2vnet MIB.

FailedDNARequests Shows the number of unsuccessful DNA requests received by this access device since the last net-work statistics reset.

FailedBuffAllocations Shows the total number of streams buffers not avail-able to this access device.

NumActiveCalls Shows the number of calls in progress or connected in this access device.

Profile2 : (operational)

: 2 (configured)

OutgoingCallRestr : noRestriction (operational)

: noRestriction (configured)

IncomingCallRestr : noRestriction (operational)

: noRestriction (configured)

ClosedUserGroupId : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

RestrictionClass : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

AutoCallNumber : 0 (operational)

: 0 (configured)

CallNegotiation : specific (operational)

: specific (configured)

TxPriority : 11 (operational)

: 11 (configured)

AutocallType 0 (operational)

0 (configured)

AddServerSelect nas-only (operational)

nas-only (configured)

OutCallMode enblock-only (operational)

enblock-only (configured)

7-154


Profile Shows the profile number

OutGoingCallRestr Shows how to handle outgoing calls for channel switch-ing.

• noRestriction - include CUG ID in outgoing call

• closedUserGroupCall - include restriction class in outgoing call

• restrictionClassCall - include both CUG ID and restriction

• bothCUGandRCCall - class in outgoing call

• inhibitAll - outgoing call is not allowed.

IncomingCallRestr Specifies how to handle incoming calls for voice channel switching.

• noRestriction

• checkCUGID - check CUG ID for incoming call. (The CUG ID must be verified before a call is accepted.)

• checkRestrictionClassCode - check restriction class code for incoming call. (The RCC must be greater than or equal to the specified RCC for call is accepted.)

• cUGandPublicClassInhibit - check both CUG and RCC before an incoming call is accepted.

• inhibitAll - incoming call is not allowed.

ClosedLUserGroupId Shows the closed user group ID for a voice channel.

RestrictionClass Shows the restriction class code for a voice channel.

AutoCallNumber Shows the voice channel auto call destination number by indicating an index into the ingress table.

CallNegotiation Shows the voice algorithm preference for when an out-going call is made.

• specific - whatever value is configured

• bandwidth - bigger block size

• delay - shorter block size

TxPriority Shows the priority of the voice data to be transmitted. Possible range is from 1 to 15 with the higher numbers indicating higher priority.

AutoCallType Shows a voice channel Auto Call destination number by specifying an index into the ingress table.

AddServerSelect Indicates which DNA server is used.

OutCallMode Indicates the type of call being made.

7-155


ice. . The

show wanShows wan interface parameters and statistics.

• parameters• statistics

show wan parameters port (configured/operational) (entry/table)Shows configured or optional parameter values for all of the WAN interfaces in the devThe operational displays contain a few parameters not found in the configured displaysoperational tables shown below contain only the first IfIndex entry in the table.

IfIndex : 9

IfType : v35

Mode : dte

BaudRate : 64000

MaxRxFrameSize : 4000

ProtocolType : hdlc

NumOfRxBuffers : 200

RxQueueSize : 20

TxQueueSize : 10

HTDS CutThrough : no

HTDSIdleChar : 255

HTDSSyncChar : 126

EncodeMethod : nrz

IfIndex 153

IfType v35

Mode dte

BaudRate 6400

MaxRxFrameSize 4000

NumOfRxBuffers 200

RxQueueSize 20

TxQueueSize 10

ProtocolSupport switchingFr

HTDSCutThrough no

HTDSIdleChar 255

HTDSSyncChar 126

EncodedMethod nzr

7-156


IfIndex The ifIndex corresponding to a physical WAN port.

IfType The signaling characteristics of the port. Options are RS-232, V.35, X.21, CSU/DSU, ISDN-BRI, or none.

Mode The mode (connection type) used on this port: DCE or DTE. This determines whether the Passport 4400 receives or transmits clocking signals.

BaudRate The transmission rate of this port, in bits per second. For DCE ports, this variable controls the baud rate; for DTE ports, this variable must be set to match the baud rate of the other end (DCE).

MaxRxFrameSize The maximum frame size that will be received on this interface (in bytes).

ProtocolType The link protocol type.

NumOfRxBuffers The number of buffers configured to receive data.

RxQueueSize The size of each receive buffer (in bytes).

TxQueueSize The size of each transmit buffer (in bytes).

FragmentSize The number of bytes into which frames exceeding the maximum frame size will be fragmented.

IfLim The LIM (slot location) of the module containing this port.

IfChannel The channel number of this port.

ProtocolSupport The transmission protocol used on this port: none, Frame Relay DCE, Frame Relay DTE, or HTDS.

HTDSCutThrough Sets the HTDS Cut-Through state: yes (active) or no (inactive).

HTDSFragSize The maximum fragment size created by HTDS Cut-Through.

HTDSIdleChar The idle character required for Constant Bit Rate (CBR) transfer.

HTDSSyncChar The 8 bit syncronization character required by the Constant Bit Rate (CBR) transfer method.

EncodeMethod Indicates the transmit/receive data encoding method.

7-157


show wan statisticsShows the WAN statistics for port, traffic class and voice over frame relay.

• port• voFr

show wan statistics port (entry/table)Shows WAN statistical information for all of the WAN interfaces in the device.

show wan statistics vofr (entry/table)Shows the table and entries for voice over frame relay statistics.

IfIndex : 9

RxBlockCount : 825106

TxBlockCount : 37971

TxLinkUnderRuns : 0

TxLinkOverflows : 0

RxBadPackets : 0

TxLinkErrors : 0

IfIndex The ifIndex corresponding to this WAN port.

RxBlockCount The number of frames received over this port.

TxBlockCount The number of frames transmitted over this port.

TxLinkUnderRuns The number of reported link underruns. An underrun occurs when data is not available for transmission.

TxLinkOverflows The number of reported link overflows. An overflow occurs when an outgoing packet is too large for transmission.

RxBadPackets The number of HDLC packets discarded.

TxLinkErrors The number of times CTS (clear to send) went down while a packet was being transferred or a link underrun occured.

IfIndex : 153

HiPriorityCount : 0

FragmentCount : 0

PackingCount : 0

RxFragmentCount : 0

LostFragmentCount : 0

ProtViolationCount : 0

7-158


IfIndex The ifIndex of the port.

HiPriorityCount The number of high-priority outbound frames which have been fragmented (when frame size exceeds Maximum Frame Size).

FragmentCount The number of fragmentation actions applied to outbound frames.

PackingCount The number of outbound fragments packaged with other frames or fragments

RxFragmentCount The number of incoming fragments which were assembled into larger frames.

LostFragmentCount The number of incoming lost fragments.

ProtViolationCount The number of incoming protocol violations detected.

7-159


7-160

dress. e the

nly ut not creen.

access layed by

ill be screen.

s a four

st be ervice.

s in the

CLI Value Prompts A

The following value prompts are defined as to their use in the CLI.

bridge

A bridge ID is an identification number for the bridge device. Represented as an 8 octet adThe first two octets indicate the bridge identification number, the remaining six octets arbridge physical address. See the following example:

01:02:10:C5:11:06:00:77 === 01:02 for Bridge ID

counter

Counter displays statistical information monitored by the device. Counters have read-oaccess. Counters are expressed as non-negative integers. They can be incremented bdeincremented. The unit of measure displayed by the counter is usually identified on the s

gauge

Gauge displays a percentage utilization of the device resources. Gauge has read-onlypermission. Gauge is expressed as an integer value. The resource measured and dispgauge is usually identified on the screen.

integer

Integer requires that the user enter a number value. In some cases, a decimal value wpermitted. The value entered by the user must be between the range displayed on theSee the following example:

INTEGER (1..32)

IPAddress

IPAddress requires that the user enter an IP Address. This value must be expressed aoctet address with a dot (.) separating the octets. See the example:

IPAdress 199.245.20.77

netnumber

Netnumber requires that the user enter a network identification number. This value muexpressed as a four octets in hexadecimal notation. This prompt only appears in the IPX sApplicable range is from 0x01 to 0xffffffff. A hexadecimal prefix, such as (0x) is required.

phyaddress

Phyaddress is used to model media addresses and has to be entered a 6 octet addrescanonical order. See the example:

10:C5:11:06:00:77

A-1

CLI Value PromptsVariable Document_Name

on reen r will

. econd.

ad-ond.

stringString requires that the user enter ASCII text data. All string values must be entered between quote (“ ”).characters. The range for the number of text characters allowed is displayedthe screen. The null string will be accepted only if the minimum range shown on the scstarts with zero (0) as shown in the example. If the range starts with 1, the null charactenot be allowed.

“STRING” (0..255)

timeoutTimeout displays information about the spanningtree timer as monitored by the deviceTimeout has read-only access permission. Timeout is expressed in units of 1/100 of a s

timeticksTimeticks displays statistical information as monitored by the device. Timeticks have reonly access permission. Timeticks are expressed as an integer value in 1/100 of a sec

A-2

Value Prompts Abbreviations B

The following is a list of CLI value prompt abbreviations and their terms.

addr - address

admin - administration

auto - automatic

bw - bandwidth

bcast - broadcast

clk - clock

cntl - control

coll - collision

cnt - count

cntr - counter

ex - excess

xchange - exchange

fwd - forward

id - identification

if - interface

info - information

inv - inverse

lbk - loopback

max - maximum

min - minimum

misc - miscellaneous

net - network

num - number

oper - operational

phy - physical

rx - receive

req - require

res - resolve

sec - second

sys - system

thres - threshold

tx - transmit

util - utilization

B-1

Value Prompts AbbreviationsPassport CLI Reference

B-2

Index

AAcceptedCalls 7-92AcceptedInSVCCalls 7-153AcceptMode 3-22, 7-90ActiveIndex 7-88ActivePanlDlciSVC 7-30, 7-58ActiveTunnelingPVC 7-58ActiveVCs 7-40AddressLength 7-34AddressType 7-34AddrResolveRetries 7-103AddrResolveTimeOut 7-103AddrResRequest 7-111AdminStatus 3-15, 3-17, 7-65AdmittedCUGs 7-40AgeMultiplier 7-79, 7-80Agencies

FCC 2AgingTime 3-1, 7-7, 7-11, 7-107AISAlarm 7-16AlignmentErrors 7-19analogOperation 5-22ArpSpoofing 3-1, 7-7Association 7-99AttriDiscardPriority 7-36AttriHoldPriority 7-36AuthenTraps 7-114AutoActSelMode 7-65AutoActStatus 3-15autoCallNumber 5-28autoGainControl 5-22

BbackGround 5-22BackupLink 3-15

backupLink 4-2BackupRemain 7-69BackupRemainTime 3-17BackupSwitchDelay 3-17, 7-69Bandwidth 3-27bandwidth 5-22, B-1bandwidthUtilThres 5-13BaseGcm 3-17BaudRate 3-30, 5-11BcastAddress 3-19BChannel 3-23, 3-27, 7-90BECN 3-2bidirectional 3-4bothCUGandRCCCall 5-29BpvOrLnCdViolations 7-17bridge A-1BridgeAddress 7-8bridgeFwdDelay 5-3bridgeHelloTime 5-3bridgeMaxAge 5-3busyOutMode 5-22

CCacheEntriesCount 7-104CacheStatus 7-103, 7-111CallConnectTime 7-95CalledDNA 7-36CallingAddress 3-26, 7-98CallingDNA 7-36callNegotiation 5-28CallOrigin 7-87, 7-89, 7-94CallOriginator 7-46, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62callProgressTone 5-22CallRetries 3-23, 7-91CallSetupTime 7-94CallState 7-87

Index-1

CarrierSenseErrors 7-19CE Conformance 2channelList 5-19ChargedUnit 7-91ChargedUnits 7-87, 7-89, 7-95, 7-97CheckBothCUGandRcCode 5-28CheckCUGID 5-28CheckRestrictionClassCode 5-28, 5-29CircIndex 7-79, 7-82CircuitCount 7-83CircuitIndex 7-80CircuitState 7-41CircuitThroughput 7-50ClaimedBandWidth 7-36clockingSource 5-4ClosedUserGroup 3-23ClosedUserGroupCall 5-29closedUserGrpId 5-28cold start 6-3CommittedBurst 7-42CommunityLastCommit 7-118companderFormat 5-22ConfigVersion 7-115ConnectId 7-43ConnectTime 7-30, 7-87, 7-89, 7-91ConnectType 7-43ConsecutiveFrames 3-2, 7-25, 7-30coreTrap 3-13CoreTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58cpuUtilThres 5-13CRC4Errors 7-17CreationTime 7-42, 7-46, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62CSULoopback 7-13CUGAccess 2-5, 7-39CUGFacility 2-5, 7-39CUGIC 2-5, 7-39CUGICType 2-6, 7-39customer_Configurator 5-11customer_Monitor 5-11customer_Operator 5-11CustomerID 3-28

Dd0connection 5-5DataFrames 7-31DataLinkType 3-19, 3-20, 7-73, 7-78

Index-2

DCE 3-27DCEMaxFrameSize 3-27, 7-100DCEPVCLMIState 7-53DCEReceiverBW 3-27, 7-100DebugStatus 5-3, 7-7DefaultTimeToLive 7-75delay Regeneration 5-23DelayExDiscards 7-5delta 3-2, 3-4DesignatedBridge 7-11DesignatedCost 7-11DesignatedPort 7-11DesignatedRoot 7-9, 7-11DestCount 7-83DestHopCount 7-80DestNetNum 7-80DestNextHopCircIndex 7-80DestNextHopNetNum 7-80DestNextHopNICAddress 7-80DestProtocol 7-80DestTicks 7-80dial pulse 5-25dialDigitTimeLimit 5-23DisableCause 7-49DiscardPriority 3-12, 7-45, 7-47, 7-49, 7-

50, 7-55, 7-57, 7-63DisconnectCause 7-89DisconnectedCalls 7-40DisconnectReason 7-53DisconnectText 7-89DisconnectTime 7-89discSupervision 5-23DLCI 7-41DLCIAssignMethod 7-37DlciNumber 7-59DNA 3-28dna 2-13, 3-12DnaAddress 7-103DnaAssociation 7-102DNAChangeCount 7-104DnaDeassociation 7-102DNASuffix 2-6, 7-39DS0BasicRate 7-14ds0BasicRate 5-5DS0Connection 7-15DTE 3-27DTEMaxFrameSize 3-27, 7-100

DTEReceiverBW 3-27, 7-100DTMF 5-22, 5-23, 5-25dtmfToneDetecto 5-23DurationLinkFail 3-17dvmSignalingFormat 5-23

Ee1CRC4Status 5-15e1LineCode 5-15e1TS16Connection 5-16echoCanceller 5-23EgressNumber 7-103emSignalFormat 5-24endOfDialCharStatus 5-24EntryRowStatus 7-110EntryStatus 7-48EtypeFilter 7-4, 7-5EtypeFilterType 7-4, 7-5ExcessBurst 7-42ExcessiveCollisions 7-19ExcessRxBurstSize 7-48, 7-55ExcessTxBurstSize 7-48, 7-55ExistState 3-20, 7-78, 7-82

FFailedBuffAllocations 7-154FailedCalls 7-40, 7-92FailedDNARequests 7-154FailedOutSVCCalls 7-153FailureDelay 3-23, 7-91FASErrors 7-17FAWSync 7-14faxDigitizingRate 5-24FCSErrors 7-19FECN 3-2, 3-4FilterEType 7-8FilterForceCntl 7-13FilterForceEnable 5-4, 7-13FilterForcingCntl 5-4FilterNumber 7-8FilterPortIndex 7-8FilterStatus 7-8FlowControl 3-2, 7-29FltrAction 7-21FltrDstAddr 7-21FltrDstMask 7-21

FltrPortId 7-21FltrProtId 7-21FltrSrcAddr 7-21FltrSrcMask 7-21formatRegeneration 5-25ForwardBcast 7-73forwardBcast 3-19ForwardDelay 7-10Forwarding 7-75FragmentCount 7-159FragmentCreate 7-75FragmentFail 7-76FragmentOK 7-75FragmentSize 7-157FrameFmt 7-15frameFormat 5-5framerLbkStatus 5-5FramerLoopback 7-14FrameTooLongs 7-19FrCoreState 7-39FwdDatagrams 7-75FwdDelay 7-10FwdPackets 7-83FwdTransitions 7-11fxsSignalingFormat 5-25

GGetNexts 7-113

HHeaderErrorRx 7-30Hello1Count 7-104Hello2Count 7-104Hello3Count 7-104HelloTime 7-10HelloType 7-103HiPriorityCount 7-159HoldingPriority 3-12, 7-49, 7-50, 7-55, 7-

57, 7-63HoldTime 7-10HopCount 3-21, 7-82HTDSCutThrough 7-157HTDSCutThru 3-30HTDSFragSize 7-157HTDSIdleChar 7-157HTDSSyncChar 7-157

Index-3

IIdleChar 3-30idleCode 5-16IfChannel 7-157IfLim 7-157IfType 3-30IgnoredFramesRx 7-30InactDuration 3-16InactDurationMin 3-16InactFriday 3-16InactMonday 3-16InactPeriodic 3-16InactSaturday 3-16InactStartHr 3-16InactStartMin 3-16InactSunday 3-16InactThursday 3-16InactTuesday 3-16InactWednesday 3-16InBc 7-54InBe 7-54InCalls 7-97InCIR 7-54incomingCallRestr 5-28InConnected 7-97IncorrectPackets 7-79, 7-81InFltrAction 7-20InFltrAddr 7-20InFltrMask 7-20InFltrPortId 7-20InFltrProtId 7-20InFltrScrDst 7-20InfoRateAdjInterval 3-4, 7-25, 7-28, 7-29InfoRateAdjTriggNum 7-28InfoTrapStatus 3-26, 7-98InfoType 3-23, 7-87, 7-89, 7-91ingress 5-20IngressIndex 5-20IngressNumber 5-20InhibitAll 5-28, 5-29InitiatedCalls 7-40InPackets 7-79, 7-80InputAddrErrors 7-75InputDelivers 7-75InputDiscards 7-75InputHeaderErrors 7-75

Index-4

inputLevelGain 5-25InsertLossLingLength 7-14integer A-1InternalMACTxErrors 7-19Interrupted Ring 5-25InvalidBPVCounts 7-14InvalidDLCIRx 7-30InvArp 3-20IPAddress A-1ipNumbered 3-19

Jjitter 5-25

KKeepAlive 3-19, 7-73

LLanCalls 7-38LAPFState 7-39LAPFStatus 7-101LastChange 7-43, 7-53, 7-108LastDisconnectCause 7-92LastDisconnectText 7-92LastSetupTime 7-92LastTimeChange 7-42, 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-

62LastTimeDiscReason 7-43LateCollisions 7-19LearnEntryDiscards 7-11lineBuildOut 5-5LineEfficiency 3-29lineImpedance 5-25LineStatus 7-16LineTopology 3-24LinkDownCounter 7-38LinkIndex 3-17LinkUpCounter 7-38LMIStatus 7-38LmiTrap 3-13LMIType 7-34localLbkStatus 5-6LocalLoopback 7-14LocalResolvedCount 7-104, 7-112LocalSVC 7-38LogicalIfIndex 7-87, 7-89

LongFramesRx 7-30loopback 5-4, 5-5, 5-6, 7-15, B-1LoopPresent 7-14LostControlFrames 7-153LostFragmentCount 7-159LostSpeechFrames 7-153LowerIf 3-23, 7-90

MMACFilter 7-4, 7-5MACFilterType 7-4, 7-5ManipulationString 5-19, 5-20MaxAge 7-10MaxDLCI 3-5, 7-33MaxDLCIPerLine 3-14, 7-57, 7-58MaxHops 7-83MaxInfo 7-12MaxLength 7-88MaxNumberOfCalls 3-5, 7-32MaxNumberOFDLCI 7-57MaxNumberOfDLCI 3-14, 7-58maxNumFwdDigits 5-25maxOutputLevel 5-26MaxPathSplits 7-83MaxRxBurst 3-12MaxRxBurstSize 7-55MaxRxFrameSize 3-2, 3-5, 3-11, 3-30, 7-

25, 7-33MaxRxSize 3-12, 7-44, 7-48, 7-54MaxRxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48,

7-54MaxSubChannelRange 7-100MaxTxBurst 3-13MaxTxBurstSize 3-12, 7-55MaxTxFrameSize 3-5, 3-11, 7-25, 7-32MaxTxSize 7-44, 7-48, 7-54MaxTxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48,

7-54MaxVirtualPort 3-14, 7-57, 7-58MinDLCI 3-5, 7-33MinRxThroughput 3-5, 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, 7-

54MinTxThroughput 7-33, 7-44, 7-48, 7-54ModeConfiguration 3-17, 7-69MonitorLinkStatus 3-17MPANL 3-27

MpanlMode 7-36MsgRxStatus 7-35MsgRxStatusInq 7-35MsgTxStatus 7-35MsgTxStatusInq 7-35MsmTrap 3-14MSMTrapEnable 7-58MsmTrapEnable 7-57Mtu 3-19, 7-72, 7-108MtuExDiscards 7-5Multicast 7-34MultipleCollFrames 7-19Multirate 7-94

NN200 3-25n200 7-97N202 3-25n202 7-93, 7-97N391 3-8, 7-41N392 3-8, 7-41N393 7-41NegMaxRxSize 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62NegMaxTxSize 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62NegRxBurst 7-50, 7-56, 7-63NegRxBurstSize 7-47NegRxExcess 7-50, 7-56, 7-63NegRxExcessSize 7-47NegRxThroughput 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62NegTxBurst 7-50, 7-56, 7-62NegTxBurstSize 7-47NegTxExcess 7-50, 7-56, 7-63NegTxExcessSize 7-47NegTxThroughput 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-62NETBIOSPackets 7-83NetChannelInactive 7-26NetlinkIfIndex 7-42NetLinkRelErrors 7-26NetMask 3-19NetN392 7-26NetN393 7-26NetNum 7-81, 7-82netnumber A-1NetProtocolErrors 7-26NetT392 7-26NextHopNICAddress 3-21, 7-82

Index-5

Nm20 3-25, 7-93nm20 7-97NodeID 3-28NoRestriction 5-28, 5-29normal0dBm 5-26NoRoutes 7-85nSP_Configurator 5-11nSP_Monitor 5-11nSP_Operator 5-11NumActiveCalls 7-154NumberingPlan 3-14, 7-57, 7-58NumberLinkFailure 3-17NumberOfHits 7-109NumberOfPorts 7-34NumberOfSlots 7-117NumberPlan 7-27NumOfCacheEntries 3-29, 7-103NumOfIncCallAccepted 7-152NumOfIncCallRejected 7-153NumOfOutCallFailed 7-152NumOfPorts 7-8NumOfResets 7-153NumOfRetries 7-153numOfRings 5-26NumOfRxBuffers 3-30, 7-157NumUnsRstrtAtmpts 7-37

OObjectID 7-115operatingMode 5-4OperStatus 7-94OriginateAddress 3-23, 7-90OspfOutFltrAction 7-22OspfOutFltrAddr 7-22OspfOutFltrMask 7-22OutBc 7-54OutBe 7-54OutCalls 7-97OutCIR 7-54OutConnected 7-97OutFltrAction 7-21OutFltrAddr 7-20OutFltrMask 7-20OutFltrPortId 7-20OutFltrProtId 7-20OutFltrScrDst 7-21

Index-6

outgoingCallRestr 5-29OutMaxFrameSize 7-54OutPackets 7-79, 7-80OutputDiscards 7-75outputLevelAttn 5-26OutputNumRoutes 7-75

PPace 7-79, 7-80PacketSize 7-79, 7-80PackingCount 7-159PanlLmiTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58PathCost 5-3, 7-4, 7-5payLoadLbkStatus 5-6PayloadLoopback 7-15PeerAddress 7-87, 7-88, 7-94PeerDLCI 7-36PeerId 7-87, 7-89PeerIfIndex 7-87, 7-89PeerNetwork 7-36PeerSubAddress 7-87, 7-88, 7-94Permission 7-91phoneNumber 5-19phyaddress A-1PhysicalPort 7-59PhysicalPortIfIndex 7-59PlmTrap 3-14PlmTrapEnable 7-57, 7-58plus7dBm 5-26PortCircuit 7-5premiumVoice 5-27Priority 7-63Protocol 7-81ProtocolBinding 7-51ProtocolPCMIndex 3-16, 7-66ProtocolPointAccess 7-4ProtocolSupport 3-30ProtocolType 3-16ProtViolationCount 7-159pulseRate 5-27PurgeCount 7-104PVCLMIStatus 7-25, 7-30

QQoSRxBrstSizGrntd 7-36QoSRxExRateGrntd 7-36

QoSRxThrput 7-36QoSTxBrstSizGrntd 7-36QoSTxExRateGrntd 7-36QoSTxThrput 7-36

RramUtilThres 5-13RateEnforcement 3-2, 3-29, 7-25, 7-28, 7-

31ReasonForDisconnect 7-45ReassembleFail 7-76ReassembleNeed 7-76ReassembleOK 7-75ReassembleTimeout 7-75ReceivedBECNs 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62ReceivedFECNs 7-41, 7-49, 7-55, 7-62ReceivedFrames 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62ReceivedOctets 7-42, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62RecoveryCount 7-112RedAlarm 7-16Redundant 7-118RefusedCalls 7-92RegionalLinkIndex 3-18, 7-69RegisterCount 7-104RegisterFails 7-106RegisterSuccess 7-106RejectedCUGs 7-40RejectedInSVCCalls 7-153ReleasedCalls 7-40RemoteAlarm 7-16remoteLbkStatus 5-6RemoteLoopback 7-14RemoteNetDLCI 7-43Repeated Ring 5-25RequestedCalls 7-40RequestsCount 7-104reRegisterPhoneNum 5-30ResReqTimeOut 7-111RestartState 7-38restrictionClass 5-29RetainTimer 7-88RetryDelay 3-23, 7-91ringFrequency 5-27RipGwyFltrAction 7-22RipGwyFltrAddr 7-22RipGwyFltrMask 7-22

RipInFltrAction 7-23RipInFltrAddr 7-23RipInFltrMask 7-22RipOutFltrAction 7-23RipOutFltrAddr 7-23RipOutFltrMask 7-23RootCost 7-9RootPort 7-10RouteAge 7-77RouteDestination 7-77RouteIfIndex 7-77RouteMask 7-77RouteMetric1 7-77RouteProtocol 7-77RouteProtocolType 3-19RouterStatus 3-21, 7-85RouteType 7-77RoutingDiscards 7-76RowStatus 7-42RsBc 7-31RSI 3-29RsiCalls 7-38RstartT316Timer 7-37RstrtAckT317Timer 7-37RxActivations 7-30RxAddrMaskReplys 7-70RxAddrMasks 7-71RxASNParseErrors 7-113RxBadCommunity 7-113RxBadCommunityUses 7-113RxBadPackets 7-158RxBadValues 7-113RxBadVersions 7-113RxBBCFrames 7-153RxBc 7-25, 7-28, 7-59, 7-61RxBe 3-2, 3-3, 3-12, 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-59,

7-61RxBECNs 7-46RxBEOFFrames 7-153RxBlockCount 7-158RxBurstSize 3-5, 7-33, 7-45, 7-48RxBytes 7-87, 7-89RxCarrierLoss 7-16RxCIR 3-12, 7-59, 7-61RxDatagrams 7-145RxDeactivations 7-30RxDeFrames 7-61

Index-7

RxDelivers 7-85RxDestUnreachs 7-70RxDiscards 7-12, 7-61, 7-85, 7-108RxDNAReqCount 7-112RxDNARequests 7-106RxDNAResolveds 7-106RxDNAUnResolveds 7-106RxEchoReplys 7-70RxEchos 7-71RxElasStrEmpty 7-17RxElasStrFull 7-17RxErrAcks 7-30RxErrors 7-30, 7-71, 7-108, 7-145RxExcess 3-6, 3-13RxExcessBurstSize 7-33, 7-45RxExcessFrames 7-61RxFECNs 7-46RxFiltered 7-83RxFragmentCount 7-159RxFrames 7-12, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61Rxfrmsiz 7-93, 7-96RxGeneralErrors 7-113RxGetNexts 7-113RxGetRequests 7-113RxGetResponses 7-113RxHeaderErrors 7-85RxInputDatagrams 7-75RxInternalMACErrors 7-19RxLMI 7-30RxLossofSignal 7-14RxMaxFrameSize 7-28, 7-31, 7-59, 7-61RxMessages 7-70RxMsgCallProceeding 7-38RxMsgConnect 7-38RxMsgDisConnect 7-38RxMsgRelease 7-38RxMsgReleaseComp 7-38RxMsgSetup 7-37RxMsgStatus 7-38RxMsgStatusInquery 7-38RxNACHellos 7-106RxNonUnicastPackets 7-108RxNoSuchNames 7-113RxOctets 7-30, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61, 7-108RxOkAcks 7-30RxPackets 7-85, 7-87, 7-89, 7-113RxPANLInfoElements 7-102

Index-8

RxProblems 7-70RxProfile 7-102RxPurgeCount 7-112RxQueueSize 3-31, 7-157RxReadOnlys 7-113RxRedirects 7-70RxRegisters 7-106RxRestartReq 7-102RxSetRequests 7-113RxSignalMag 7-14RxSrcQuenchs 7-71RxSyncLoss 7-16RxThroughput 3-3, 3-13, 7-25, 7-28, 7-30RxTimeExceeds 7-71RxTimestampReplys 7-70RxTimestamps 7-71RxTooBigs 7-113RxTooManyHops 7-83RxTraps 7-114RxUnicastPackets 7-108RxUnknownProtocols 7-75, 7-108RxUnknowns 7-30, 7-106RxUnknownSockets 7-85RxValidGet 7-113RxValidSets 7-113RxWindowSize 3-26Rxwinsiz 7-92, 7-96

SSapFilter 7-4, 7-5SapFilterType 7-4, 7-5SentFrames 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62SentOctets 7-41, 7-49, 7-56, 7-62ServerCount 7-104, 7-112ServerDNA 7-109ServerNotFoundCount 7-104ServerRequestCount 7-104, 7-112ServerResolvedCount 7-104, 7-112ServerType 7-103ServiceCount 7-83ServiceName 7-81ServiceProfileID 7-96ServiceProfileId 3-25ServiceType 7-81SetupPriority 3-13, 7-49, 7-50, 7-55, 7-57,

7-63

SetUpTime 7-87, 7-88ShortFramesRx 7-30SignalingIndex 3-25SignalingPCMIndex 3-16, 7-66SignalingType 3-16, 7-66SignalMode 3-24SingleCollFrames 7-19SpanDebugStatus 5-3, 7-7SpanningTree 3-1, 7-7spanningTree 5-3SpoofCacheAge 5-3, 7-8SpoofDataLinkType 3-21, 7-85Spoofing 7-85spoofing 3-21SpoofThreshold 5-3, 7-8SpoofThresholdAge 7-8SpvcCalls 7-38SQETestErrors 7-19SrcIPAddrLastCommit 7-118State 7-79, 7-80, 7-81StaticEntriesCount 7-104staticRoute 4-3StatusCntlReg 7-15SubAddress 3-24, 3-27, 7-90, 7-98SucceedDNARequest 7-153SucceededCalls 7-40, 7-92SucceededOutSVCCalls 7-153SVCDLCI 7-35, 7-43SVCDNA 7-43SVCIfIndex 7-43, 7-47, 7-49SVCUserState 7-43SwitchDelay 3-17SwitchType 3-18, 7-53switchType 3-11SyncChar 3-30SysInstance 7-78, 7-79, 7-80, 7-81SystemName 3-21

Tt1BuildOut 5-16t1FrameFormat 5-16t1LineCode 5-16t1LoopbackStatus 5-16T303 3-6, 7-32T305 3-6, 7-32T308 3-6, 7-32

T310 3-6, 7-32T391 3-8, 7-40TableSize 7-107TEIType 3-25, 7-96TEIValue 3-25, 7-96Throughput 7-42, 7-47, 7-56, 7-62Ticks 3-21, 7-82TimeLastCommit 7-118TimeoutCount 7-104, 7-112TimeOuts 7-106TimerStatus 3-18TimerT200 3-25, 7-93, 7-97TimerT201 3-25, 7-93, 7-97TimerT202 3-26, 7-93Timert202 7-97TimerT203 3-26, 7-93, 7-97TimerTM20 3-25, 7-93, 7-97TimeSinceTopChange 7-9TopologyChanges 7-9TotalTunnelingPVC 7-58TransferPriority 7-48, 7-55TransitSVC 7-38TransmitLoopDown 7-15TransmitLoopUp 7-15TrapEnable 7-14TrapStatus 3-15, 3-22, 3-24, 7-65, 7-90, 7-

91trapsubscription 2-13TunnelIfIndex 7-59TunnelingPVCDlci 7-36TxAddrMaskReplys 7-71TxAddrMasks 7-71TxB7ZeroSuppress 7-15TxBadValues 7-114TxBc 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-60, 7-61TxBe 3-12, 7-25, 7-28, 7-31, 7-60, 7-61TxBlockCount 7-158TxBurstSize 3-6, 7-33, 7-45, 7-48TxBytes 7-87, 7-89TxCIR 3-12, 7-60, 7-61TxControlModeIdle 7-13txControlModeIdle 5-4TxDeferred 7-19TxDestUnreachs 7-71TxDiscardCIRPolice 7-47, 7-50, 7-56, 7-63TxDiscards 7-85, 7-109TxEchoReplys 7-71

Index-9

TxEchos 7-71TxElasStrEmpty 7-17TxElasStrFull 7-17TxErrors 7-71, 7-109TxExcessBurstSize 3-6, 3-13, 7-33, 7-45TxExcessFrames 7-61TxExpirations 7-30TxFiltered 7-83TxFrames 7-12, 7-46, 7-58, 7-61TxFrameSize 3-26Txfrmsiz 7-92, 7-96TxGeneralErrors 7-114TxGetNexts 7-114TxGetRequests 7-114TxGetResponses 7-114TxIdle 5-4, 7-13txIdle 5-4, 5-6TxIdleCode 7-14txIdleCode 5-6TxInfoRateAdjust 7-28TxLinkErrors 7-158TxLinkOverflows 7-158TxLinkUnderRuns 7-158TxLMI 7-30txLoopDownStatus 5-6txLoopUpStatus 5-6TxMaxFrameSize 7-28, 7-30, 7-59, 7-61TxMsgs 7-71TxMsgSetup 7-38TxMstCallProceeding 7-38TxMstConnect 7-38TxMstDisConnect 7-38TxMstRelease 7-38TxMstReleaseComp 7-38TxMstStatus 7-38TxMstStatusInquery 7-38TxNonUnicastPackets 7-109TxNoSuchNames 7-114TxOctets 7-46, 7-58, 7-61, 7-108TxOutOfFrame 5-4, 7-13TxOutOfService 5-4, 7-13TxPackets 7-85, 7-87, 7-89, 7-113TxPANLInfoElements 7-102TxPriority 3-13, 7-45, 7-47txPriority 5-29TxProblems 7-71TxProfile 7-102

Index-10

TxQueueLength 7-109TxQueueSize 3-31, 7-157TxRedirects 7-71TxRegisterRequest 7-106TxRequests 7-75, 7-85TxRestartReq 7-102TxRx0CodeSuppress 7-15TxRxClkSource 7-14txRxClkSource 5-5TxRxCRC4 7-15TxRxHDB3 7-15TxSetRequests 7-114TxSrcQuenchs 7-71TxThroughput 3-3, 3-13, 7-25, 7-28, 7-30TxTimeExceeds 7-71TxTimestampReplys 7-71TxTimestamps 7-71TxTooBigs 7-114TxUnicastPackets 7-108TxWindowSize 3-26Txwinsiz 7-92

UundCount 7-112UnitIndex 3-16Update 7-79, 7-80upload 6-4UpTime 7-115

VVCSignalProtocol 7-27VirtualPortIfIndex 7-43VirtualPortState 7-43VncsId 3-29VoiceCalls 7-38voiceFax 5-26VoiceRegisterCount 7-104VPIfIndex 7-42

WWANOptimization 3-21, 7-85warm start 6-3WeightedRoundRobin 3-29

XXIDExpirations 7-30

ZZeroSuppressDisable 7-13

Index-11

Index-12

Passport 4400

CLI Reference

Address comments to:Manager, Technical PublicationsNorthern Telcom4100 Guardian StreetSimi Valley, CA 93063-3382U.S.A.1-805-583-8600

© 1999 Northern TelecomAll rights reserved

Information subject to change without notice

Publication: 800-1950-31, Rev. ADate: February 1999

nortel command line

Documents

show t1e1

show t1e1

show t1e1

show t1e1

timertm20

frame alignment

easy routing

show msm dnastatus